WO2021007833A1 - Beamforming determination for iab system with full duplex - Google Patents
Beamforming determination for iab system with full duplex Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2021007833A1 WO2021007833A1 PCT/CN2019/096481 CN2019096481W WO2021007833A1 WO 2021007833 A1 WO2021007833 A1 WO 2021007833A1 CN 2019096481 W CN2019096481 W CN 2019096481W WO 2021007833 A1 WO2021007833 A1 WO 2021007833A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- node
- relay node
- uplink
- full duplex
- downlink
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
- H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
- H04W72/046—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource the resource being in the space domain, e.g. beams
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W16/00—Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
- H04W16/24—Cell structures
- H04W16/28—Cell structures using beam steering
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
- H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
- H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
- H04B7/0619—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal using feedback from receiving side
- H04B7/0621—Feedback content
- H04B7/0632—Channel quality parameters, e.g. channel quality indicator [CQI]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/14—Relay systems
- H04B7/15—Active relay systems
- H04B7/155—Ground-based stations
- H04B7/15528—Control of operation parameters of a relay station to exploit the physical medium
- H04B7/15542—Selecting at relay station its transmit and receive resources
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/14—Two-way operation using the same type of signal, i.e. duplex
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W56/00—Synchronisation arrangements
- H04W56/001—Synchronization between nodes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
- H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
- H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
- H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
- H04B7/0619—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal using feedback from receiving side
- H04B7/0621—Feedback content
- H04B7/0634—Antenna weights or vector/matrix coefficients
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W84/00—Network topologies
- H04W84/02—Hierarchically pre-organised networks, e.g. paging networks, cellular networks, WLAN [Wireless Local Area Network] or WLL [Wireless Local Loop]
- H04W84/04—Large scale networks; Deep hierarchical networks
- H04W84/042—Public Land Mobile systems, e.g. cellular systems
- H04W84/047—Public Land Mobile systems, e.g. cellular systems using dedicated repeater stations
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
- H04W88/14—Backbone network devices
Definitions
- Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for determining, based on the grant, a non-full duplex mode uplink beamforming direction for non-full duplex transmissions to the parent node, and determining, based on the grant, a full duplex uplink beamforming direction for a full duplex mode for full duplex communications between the parent node and the relay node, for full duplex communications between the relay node and the child node, or a combination thereof.
- the relay node includes a relay node within an IAB network.
- a method of wireless communications at a parent node may include receiving a report from a relay node indicating a set of channel statuses and a respective downlink beamforming direction of a set of downlink beamforming directions between the parent node and the relay node that corresponds to a respective channel status in the set the channel statuses, the set of channel statuses determined for the set of downlink beamforming directions between the parent node and the relay node based on a downlink beamforming direction between the relay node and a child node, transmitting a grant to the relay node indicating a first downlink beamforming direction from the set of downlink beamforming directions based on the report, and transmitting a downlink transmission to the relay node based on the grant and the first downlink beamforming direction.
- the apparatus may include a processor, memory coupled with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory.
- the instructions may be executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to receive a report from a relay node indicating a set of channel statuses and a respective downlink beamforming direction of a set of downlink beamforming directions between the parent node and the relay node that corresponds to a respective channel status in the set the channel statuses, the set of channel statuses determined for the set of downlink beamforming directions between the parent node and the relay node based on a downlink beamforming direction between the relay node and a child node, transmit a grant to the relay node indicating a first downlink beamforming direction from the set of downlink beamforming directions based on the report, and transmit a downlink transmission to the relay node based on the grant and the first downlink beamforming direction.
- the apparatus may include a processor, memory coupled with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory.
- the instructions may be executable by the processor to cause the apparatus to receive an uplink reference signal from a relay node transmitted using a subset of a set of uplink beamforming directions, transmit a grant to the relay node indicating a first uplink beamforming direction from the set of uplink beamforming directions based on the uplink reference signal, and monitor for an uplink transmission from the relay node based on the grant and the first uplink beamforming direction.
- a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications at a parent node is described.
- the code may include instructions executable by a processor to receive an uplink reference signal from a relay node transmitted using a subset of a set of uplink beamforming directions, transmit a grant to the relay node indicating a first uplink beamforming direction from the set of uplink beamforming directions based on the uplink reference signal, and monitor for an uplink transmission from the relay node based on the grant and the first uplink beamforming direction.
- receiving the uplink reference signal may include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving, for a non-full duplex mode, a first uplink reference signal from the relay node, and receiving, for a full duplex mode, a second uplink reference signal from the relay node, where the grant indicating the first uplink beamforming direction may be based on the first uplink reference signal and the second uplink reference signal.
- Some examples of the method, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable medium described herein may further include operations, features, means, or instructions for receiving the first uplink reference signal via a first resource associated with the non-full duplex mode, and receiving the second uplink reference signal via a second resource associated with the full duplex mode.
- the parent node includes a parent node within an IAB network.
- FIG. 1 illustrates an example of a system for wireless communications that supports beamforming determination for integrated access and backhaul (IAB) system with full duplex in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
- IAB integrated access and backhaul
- FIG. 6 illustrates an example of a wireless communication system in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
- FIGs. 7 and 8 show block diagrams of devices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 10 shows a diagram of a system including a user equipment (UE) in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
- Some wireless communication systems may support an integrated access and backhaul (IAB) network that includes an IAB donor (or anchor) node and one or more relay nodes downstream from the donor node.
- IAB integrated access and backhaul
- the IAB donor node (which may also be referred to as an anchor node) is an access node having a wireline connection to the core network.
- the donor node may have a central unit (CU) function that is a central entity that controls or otherwise configures resources within the IAB network.
- the donor node may also have a distributed unit (DU) function that serves as a scheduling node to schedule child nodes (e.g., UEs) of the IAB donor node.
- CU central unit
- DU distributed unit
- Each IAB node may relay traffic from a donor node through one or more hops (e.g., relay nodes) .
- each IAB node may have the DU function (e.g., a first communication link interface) and a mobile termination (MT) function (e.g., a second communication link interface) .
- the DU function of the relay node may act as a scheduling node that schedules child nodes of this particular relay node, which may be a UE and/or a downstream child node (e.g., a UE and/or a base station within the IAB network) .
- the MT function may serve as a scheduled node similar to a UE that is scheduled by its parent node.
- the parent node may be a donor node (e.g., an anchor node) or a parent node within the IAB network (e.g., an upstream wireless node from the perspective of the relay node) .
- a child node may include a downstream relay node within the IAB network from the perspective of an upstream donor node or parent node.
- the described techniques relate to improved methods, systems, devices, and apparatuses that support beamforming determination for IAB system with full duplex.
- the described techniques provide for various techniques to support beamform direction selection, for downlink and uplink, in an IAB network that is configured or otherwise supports both non-full duplex and full duplex communications.
- this may include a relay node identifying or otherwise determining the channel status for each downlink beamforming direction between its parent node and the relay node.
- the relay node may determine the channel status based, at least in some aspects, on a (or plurality of) downlink beamforming direction between the relay node and one or more child nodes.
- the relay node may transmit or otherwise provide a report to the parent node that indicates at least a portion or subset of the channel statuses and, in some aspects, indicates a respective downlink beamforming direction from the plurality of downlink beamforming directions corresponding to the respective channel status.
- the parent node may receive the report from the relay node and respond with the grant to the relay node indicating at least one (e.g., a first) downlink beamforming direction based on the report.
- the grant may also carry or convey an indication of resources corresponding to the first downlink beamforming direction for a non-full duplex mode as well as for a full-duplex mode.
- the relay node may monitor for and receive a downlink transmission from the parent node according to the grant and the first downlink beamforming direction.
- the relay node may identify or otherwise determine a channel status for each of the plurality of uplink beamforming directions between its parent node and the relay node based, at least in some aspects, on an uplink beamforming direction between the relay node and its child node (s) .
- the relay node may then transmit or otherwise convey one or more uplink reference signals to the parent node using at least a portion of the plurality of uplink beamforming directions, e.g., based on the channel statuses.
- the parent node may use the uplink reference signals to identify or otherwise determine the first uplink beamforming direction from the plurality of uplink beamforming directions.
- the parent node may transmit or otherwise convey a grant to the relay node indicating the first uplink beamforming direction as well as the resources for uplink communications using the first uplink beamforming direction.
- the parent node may then monitor for and receive an uplink transmission from the relay node according to the grant and the first uplink beamforming direction.
- the relay node may concurrently receive an uplink transmission from its child node (s) using at least a portion of the resources indicated in the grant.
- FIG. 1 illustrates an example of a wireless communications system 100 that supports beamforming determination for IAB system with full duplex in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
- the wireless communications system 100 includes base stations 105, UEs 115, and a core network 130.
- the wireless communications system 100 may be a Long Term Evolution (LTE) network, an LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) network, an LTE-A Pro network, or a New Radio (NR) network.
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- LTE-A LTE-Advanced
- LTE-A Pro LTE-Advanced Pro
- NR New Radio
- wireless communications system 100 may support enhanced broadband communications, ultra-reliable (e.g., mission critical) communications, low latency communications, or communications with low-cost and low-complexity devices.
- ultra-reliable e.g., mission critical
- Base stations 105 may wirelessly communicate with UEs 115 via one or more base station antennas.
- Base stations 105 described herein may include or may be referred to by those skilled in the art as a base transceiver station, a radio base station, an access point, a radio transceiver, a NodeB, an eNodeB (eNB) , a next-generation NodeB or giga-NodeB (either of which may be referred to as a gNB) , a Home NodeB, a Home eNodeB, or some other suitable terminology.
- Wireless communications system 100 may include base stations 105 of different types (e.g., macro or small cell base stations) .
- the UEs 115 described herein may be able to communicate with various types of base stations 105 and network equipment including macro eNBs, small cell eNBs, gNBs, relay base stations, and the like.
- Each base station 105 may be associated with a particular geographic coverage area 110 in which communications with various UEs 115 is supported. Each base station 105 may provide communication coverage for a respective geographic coverage area 110 via communication links 125, and communication links 125 between a base station 105 and a UE 115 may utilize one or more carriers. Communication links 125 shown in wireless communications system 100 may include uplink transmissions from a UE 115 to a base station 105, or downlink transmissions from a base station 105 to a UE 115. Downlink transmissions may also be called forward link transmissions while uplink transmissions may also be called reverse link transmissions.
- the term ācellā refers to a logical communication entity used for communication with a base station 105 (e.g., over a carrier) , and may be associated with an identifier for distinguishing neighboring cells (e.g., a physical cell identifier (PCID) , a virtual cell identifier (VCID) ) operating via the same or a different carrier.
- a carrier may support multiple cells, and different cells may be configured according to different protocol types (e.g., machine-type communication (MTC) , narrowband Internet-of-Things (NB-IoT) , enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB) , or others) that may provide access for different types of devices.
- MTC machine-type communication
- NB-IoT narrowband Internet-of-Things
- eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
- the term ācellā may refer to a portion of a geographic coverage area 110 (e.g., a sector) over which the logical entity operates.
- UEs 115 may be dispersed throughout the wireless communications system 100, and each UE 115 may be stationary or mobile.
- a UE 115 may also be referred to as a mobile device, a wireless device, a remote device, a handheld device, or a subscriber device, or some other suitable terminology, where the ādeviceā may also be referred to as a unit, a station, a terminal, or a client.
- a UE 115 may also be a personal electronic device such as a cellular phone, a personal digital assistant (PDA) , a tablet computer, a laptop computer, or a personal computer.
- PDA personal digital assistant
- a UE 115 may also refer to a wireless local loop (WLL) station, an Internet of Things (IoT) device, an Internet of Everything (IoE) device, or an MTC device, or the like, which may be implemented in various articles such as appliances, vehicles, meters, or the like.
- WLL wireless local loop
- IoT Internet of Things
- IoE Internet of Everything
- MTC massive machine type communications
- Some UEs 115 may be low cost or low complexity devices, and may provide for automated communication between machines (e.g., via Machine-to-Machine (M2M) communication) .
- M2M communication or MTC may refer to data communication technologies that allow devices to communicate with one another or a base station 105 without human intervention.
- M2M communication or MTC may include communications from devices that integrate sensors or meters to measure or capture information and relay that information to a central server or application program that can make use of the information or present the information to humans interacting with the program or application.
- Some UEs 115 may be designed to collect information or enable automated behavior of machines. Examples of applications for MTC devices include smart metering, inventory monitoring, water level monitoring, equipment monitoring, healthcare monitoring, wildlife monitoring, weather and geological event monitoring, fleet management and tracking, remote security sensing, physical access control, and transaction-based business charging.
- a UE 115 may also be able to communicate directly with other UEs 115 (e.g., using a peer-to-peer (P2P) or device-to-device (D2D) protocol) .
- P2P peer-to-peer
- D2D device-to-device
- One or more of a group of UEs 115 utilizing D2D communications may be within the geographic coverage area 110 of a base station 105.
- Other UEs 115 in such a group may be outside the geographic coverage area 110 of a base station 105, or be otherwise unable to receive transmissions from a base station 105.
- groups ofUEs 115 communicating via D2D communications may utilize a one-to-many (1 : M) system in which each UE 115 transmits to every other UE 115 in the group.
- a base station 105 facilitates the scheduling of resources for D2D communications.
- D2D communications are carried out between UEs 115 without the involvement of a base
- Base stations 105 may communicate with the core network 130 and with one another.
- base stations 105 may interface with the core network 130 through backhaul links 132 (e.g., via an S1, N2, N3, or other interface) .
- Base stations 105 may communicate with one another over backhaul links 134 (e.g., via an X2, Xn, or other interface) either directly (e.g., directly between base stations 105) or indirectly (e.g., via core network 130) .
- the core network 130 may provide user authentication, access authorization, tracking, Internet Protocol (IP) connectivity, and other access, routing, or mobility functions.
- the core network 130 may be an evolved packet core (EPC) , which may include at least one mobility management entity (MME) , at least one serving gateway (S-GW) , and at least one Packet Data Network (PDN) gateway (P-GW) .
- the MME may manage non-access stratum (e.g., control plane) functions such as mobility, authentication, and bearer management for UEs 115 served by base stations 105 associated with the EPC.
- User IP packets may be transferred through the S-GW, which itself may be connected to the P-GW.
- the P-GW may provide IP address allocation as well as other functions.
- the P-GW may be connected to the network operators IP services.
- the operators IP services may include access to the Internet, Intranet (s) , an IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) , or a Packet-Switched (PS) Stream
- At least some of the network devices may include subcomponents such as an access network entity, which may be an example of an access node controller (ANC) .
- Each access network entity may communicate with UEs 115 through a number of other access network transmission entities, which may be referred to as a radio head, a smart radio head, or a transmission/reception point (TRP) .
- TRP transmission/reception point
- various functions of each access network entity or base station 105 may be distributed across various network devices (e.g., radio heads and access network controllers) or consolidated into a single network device (e.g., a base station 105) .
- Wireless communications system 100 may operate using one or more frequency bands, typically in the range of 300 megahertz (MHz) to 300 gigahertz (GHz) .
- the region from 300 MHz to 3 GHz is known as the ultra-high frequency (UHF) region or decimeter band, since the wavelengths range from approximately one decimeter to one meter in length.
- UHF waves may be blocked or redirected by buildings and environmental features. However, the waves may penetrate structures sufficiently for a macro cell to provide service to UEs 115 located indoors. Transmission of UHF waves may be associated with smaller antennas and shorter range (e.g., less than 100 km) compared to transmission using the smaller frequencies and longer waves of the high frequency (HF) or very high frequency (VHF) portion of the spectrum below 300 MHz.
- HF high frequency
- VHF very high frequency
- Wireless communications system 100 may also operate in a super high frequency (SHF) region using frequency bands from 3 GHz to 30 GHz, also known as the centimeter band.
- SHF region includes bands such as the 5 GHz industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) bands, which may be used opportunistically by devices that may be capable of tolerating interference from other users.
- ISM bands 5 GHz industrial, scientific, and medical bands
- Wireless communications system 100 may also operate in an extremely high frequency (EHF) region of the spectrum (e.g., from 30 GHz to 300 GHz) , also known as the millimeter band.
- EHF extremely high frequency
- wireless communications system 100 may support millimeter wave (mmW) communications between UEs 115 and base stations 105, and EHF antennas of the respective devices may be even smaller and more closely spaced than UHF antennas. In some cases, this may facilitate use of antenna arrays within a UE 115.
- mmW millimeter wave
- the propagation of EHF transmissions may be subject to even greater atmospheric attenuation and shorter range than SHF or UHF transmissions. Techniques disclosed herein may be employed across transmissions that use one or more different frequency regions, and designated use of bands across these frequency regions may differ by country or regulating body.
- wireless communications system 100 may utilize both licensed and unlicensed radio frequency spectrum bands.
- wireless communications system 100 may employ License Assisted Access (LAA) , LTE-Unlicensed (LTE-U) radio access technology, or NR technology in an unlicensed band such as the 5 GHz ISM band.
- LAA License Assisted Access
- LTE-U LTE-Unlicensed
- NR NR technology
- an unlicensed band such as the 5 GHz ISM band.
- wireless devices such as base stations 105 and UEs 115 may employ listen-before-talk (LBT) procedures to ensure a frequency channel is clear before transmitting data.
- LBT listen-before-talk
- operations in unlicensed bands may be based on a carrier aggregation configuration in conjunction with component carriers operating in a licensed band (e.g., LAA) .
- Operations in unlicensed spectrum may include downlink transmissions, uplink transmissions, peer-to-peer transmissions, or a combination of these.
- Duplexing in unlicensed spectrum may be based on frequency division duplexing (FDD) , time division duplexing (TDD) , or a combination of both.
- FDD frequency division duplexing
- TDD time division duplexing
- base station 105 or UE 115 may be equipped with multiple antennas, which may be used to employ techniques such as transmit diversity, receive diversity, multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communications, or beamforming.
- wireless communications system 100 may use a transmission scheme between a transmitting device (e.g., a base station 105) and a receiving device (e.g., a UE 115) , where the transmitting device is equipped with multiple antennas and the receiving device is equipped with one or more antennas.
- MIMO communications may employ multipath signal propagation to increase the spectral efficiency by transmitting or receiving multiple signals via different spatial layers, which may be referred to as spatial multiplexing.
- the multiple signals may, for example, be transmitted by the transmitting device via different antennas or different combinations of antennas. Likewise, the multiple signals may be received by the receiving device via different antennas or different combinations of antennas.
- Each of the multiple signals may be referred to as a separate spatial stream, and may carry bits associated with the same data stream (e.g., the same codeword) or different data streams.
- Different spatial layers may be associated with different antenna ports used for channel measurement and reporting.
- MIMO techniques include single-user MIMO (SU-MIMO) where multiple spatial layers are transmitted to the same receiving device, and multiple-user MIMO (MU-MIMO) where multiple spatial layers are transmitted to multiple devices.
- SU-MIMO single-user MIMO
- MU-MIMO multiple-user MIMO
- Beamforming which may also be referred to as spatial filtering, directional transmission, or directional reception, is a signal processing technique that may be used at a transmitting device or a receiving device (e.g., a base station 105 or a UE 115) to shape or steer an antenna beam (e.g., a transmit beam or receive beam) along a spatial path between the transmitting device and the receiving device.
- Beamforming may be achieved by combining the signals communicated via antenna elements of an antenna array such that signals propagating at particular orientations with respect to an antenna array experience constructive interference while others experience destructive interference.
- the adjustment of signals communicated via the antenna elements may include a transmitting device or a receiving device applying certain amplitude and phase offsets to signals carried via each of the antenna elements associated with the device.
- the adjustments associated with each of the antenna elements may be defined by a beamforming weight set associated with a particular orientation (e.g., with respect to the antenna array of the transmitting device or receiving device, or with respect to some other orientation) .
- a base station 105 may use multiple antennas or antenna arrays to conduct beamforming operations for directional communications with a UE 115. For instance, some signals (e.g. synchronization signals, reference signals, beam selection signals, or other control signals) may be transmitted by a base station 105 multiple times in different directions, which may include a signal being transmitted according to different beamforming weight sets associated with different directions of transmission. Transmissions in different beam directions may be used to identify (e.g., by the base station 105 or a receiving device, such as a UE 115) a beam direction for subsequent transmission and/or reception by the base station 105.
- some signals e.g. synchronization signals, reference signals, beam selection signals, or other control signals
- Transmissions in different beam directions may be used to identify (e.g., by the base station 105 or a receiving device, such as a UE 115) a beam direction for subsequent transmission and/or reception by the base station 105.
- Some signals may be transmitted by a base station 105 in a single beam direction (e.g., a direction associated with the receiving device, such as a UE 115) .
- the beam direction associated with transmissions along a single beam direction may be determined based at least in in part on a signal that was transmitted in different beam directions.
- a UE 115 may receive one or more of the signals transmitted by the base station 105 in different directions, and the UE 115 may report to the base station 105 an indication of the signal it received with a highest signal quality, or an otherwise acceptable signal quality.
- a UE 115 may employ similar techniques for transmitting signals multiple times in different directions (e.g., for identifying a beam direction for subsequent transmission or reception by the UE 115) , or transmitting a signal in a single direction (e.g., for transmitting data to a receiving device) .
- a receiving device may try multiple receive beams when receiving various signals from the base station 105, such as synchronization signals, reference signals, beam selection signals, or other control signals.
- a receiving device may try multiple receive directions by receiving via different antenna subarrays, by processing received signals according to different antenna subarrays, by receiving according to different receive beamforming weight sets applied to signals received at a plurality of antenna elements of an antenna array, or by processing received signals according to different receive beamforming weight sets applied to signals received at a plurality of antenna elements of an antenna array, any of which may be referred to as ālisteningā according to different receive beams or receive directions.
- a receiving device may use a single receive beam to receive along a single beam direction (e.g., when receiving a data signal) .
- the single receive beam may be aligned in a beam direction determined based at least in part on listening according to different receive beam directions (e.g., a beam direction determined to have a highest signal strength, highest signal-to-noise ratio, or otherwise acceptable signal quality based at least in part on listening according to multiple beam directions) .
- the antennas of a base station 105 or UE 115 may be located within one or more antenna arrays, which may support MIMO operations, or transmit or receive beamforming.
- one or more base station antennas or antenna arrays may be co-located at an antenna assembly, such as an antenna tower.
- antennas or antenna arrays associated with a base station 105 may be located in diverse geographic locations.
- a base station 105 may have an antenna array with a number of rows and columns of antenna ports that the base station 105 may use to support beamforming of communications with a UE 115.
- a UE 115 may have one or more antenna arrays that may support various MIMO or beamforming operations.
- wireless communications system 100 may be a packet-based network that operate according to a layered protocol stack.
- PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
- a Radio Link Control (RLC) layer may perform packet segmentation and reassembly to communicate over logical channels.
- RLC Radio Link Control
- a Medium Access Control (MAC) layer may perform priority handling and multiplexing of logical channels into transport channels.
- the MAC layer may also use hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) to provide retransmission at the MAC layer to improve link efficiency.
- HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
- the Radio Resource Control (RRC) protocol layer may provide establishment, configuration, and maintenance of an RRC connection between a UE 115 and a base station 105 or core network 130 supporting radio bearers for user plane data.
- RRC Radio Resource Control
- transport channels may be mapped to physical channels.
- UEs 115 and base stations 105 may support retransmissions of data to increase the likelihood that data is received successfully.
- HARQ feedback is one technique of increasing the likelihood that data is received correctly over a communication link 125.
- HARQ may include a combination of error detection (e.g., using a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) ) , forward error correction (FEC) , and retransmission (e.g., automatic repeat request (ARQ) ) .
- FEC forward error correction
- ARQ automatic repeat request
- HARQ may improve throughput at the MAC layer in poor radio conditions (e.g., signal-to-noise conditions) .
- the radio frames may be identified by a system frame number (SFN) ranging from 0 to 1023.
- SFN system frame number
- Each frame may include 10 subframes numbered from 0 to 9, and each subframe may have a duration of 1 ms.
- the organizational structure of the carriers may be different for different radio access technologies (e.g., LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, NR) .
- communications over a carrier may be organized according to TTIs or slots, each of which may include user data as well as control information or signaling to support decoding the user data.
- a carrier may also include dedicated acquisition signaling (e.g., synchronization signals or system information, etc. ) and control signaling that coordinates operation for the carrier.
- acquisition signaling e.g., synchronization signals or system information, etc.
- control signaling that coordinates operation for the carrier.
- a carrier may also have acquisition signaling or control signaling that coordinates operations for other carriers.
- Physical channels may be multiplexed on a carrier according to various techniques.
- a physical control channel and a physical data channel may be multiplexed on a downlink carrier, for example, using time division multiplexing (TDM) techniques, frequency division multiplexing (FDM) techniques, or hybrid TDM-FDM techniques.
- control information transmitted in a physical control channel may be distributed between different control regions in a cascaded manner (e.g., between a common control region or common search space and one or more UE-specific control regions or UE-specific search spaces) .
- a parent node may receive an uplink reference signal from a relay node transmitted using a subset of a plurality of uplink beamforming directions.
- the parent node may transmit a grant to the relay node indicating a first uplink beamforming direction from the plurality of uplink beamforming directions based at least in part on the uplink reference signal.
- the parent node may monitor for an uplink transmission from the relay node based at least in part on the grant and the first uplink beamforming direction.
- FIG. 2 illustrates an example of a wireless communication system 200 that supports beamforming determination for IAB system with full duplex in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
- wireless communication system 200 may implement aspects of wireless communication system 100.
- Wireless communication system 200 may include parent node 205, relay node 210, child node 215, and UE 220, which may be examples of corresponding devices described herein. More particularly, parent node 205, relay node 210, and/or child node 215 may be examples of the UE (such as UE 220) or a base station, such as described herein.
- Wireless communication system 200 may be configured, at least to some aspects, as an IAB network. Accordingly, parent node 205, relay node 210, and/or child node 215 may be considered nodes within the IAB network.
- Wireless full duplex (FD) communications may double the link capacity and support radio network nodes transmitting and receiving simultaneously on the same frequency band and at the same time slot. This contrasts with half duplex operations where transmission and reception either differ in time or in frequency.
- FD full duplex
- an IAB system may include an IAB-donor (e.g., parent node 205, in some examples) , an IAB node (e.g., relay node 210 and/or child node 215) and UE (e.g., UE 220) .
- IAB-donor e.g., parent node 205, in some examples
- IAB node e.g., relay node 210 and/or child node 215
- UE e.g., UE 220
- Multiple IAB nodes may be connected in line to improve coverage, where for a certain IAB node, the node closer to the IAB donor (e.g., an upstream node) is called as its parent node, and the one on the other side (e.g., a downstream node) is called as its child node.
- parent node 205 may be closer to a donor node or anchor node than relay node 210 and/or child node 215.
- Parent node 205 may be a parent node with respect to relay node 210 and a grandparent node with respect to child node 215.
- parent node 205 may be a donor node or may simply be an upstream relay node within the IAB network from the perspective of relay node 210 and/or child node 215.
- Relay node 210 may be considered a child node from the perspective of parent node 205 and a parent node from the perspective of child node 215.
- relay node 210 there may be six kinds or types of links: a downlink (DL) parent backhaul (BH) link and an uplink (UL) parent BH link with its parent node, a DL child BH link and an UL child BH link with its child node, and a DL access link and UL access link with its served UE.
- relay node 210 may have DL and UL parent BH links with parent node 205, DL and UL child BH links with child node 215, and DL and UL access links with UE 220.
- relay node 210 may also have DL and UL access links with child node 215 for access communications, e.g., similar to the DL and UL access links with UE 220.
- the DL parent BH, UL child BH and UL access links are reception links
- the UL parent BH, DL child BH and DL access links are transmission links. Any reception link and any transmission link cannot have data transfer concurrently in a non-full duplex mode of operations.
- the pattern for non-concurrent transmission and reception time slots can be based according to the proportion of transmission traffic and reception traffic.
- aspects of the described techniques may support using full duplex technology to enable concurrent transmission and reception at IAB node (such as relay node 210) , such that the dynamic traffic allocation, improved system capacity, and the capability to quickly deliver any directional packet is supported.
- a full-duplex network node e.g., parent node 205, relay node 210, and/or child node 215) , such as a base station and/or UE in a cellular network, may communicate simultaneously in uplink and downlink with two half-duplex terminals using the same radio resources.
- Another example wireless full duplex application scenario is that one relay node can communicate simultaneously with the anchor node and the mobile terminal in a one-hop scenario, or with the other two relay nodes in a multi-hop scenario.
- aspects of the described techniques support deciding an enhanced (e.g., optimal) beamforming direction (e.g., precoding weight) in an IAB node chain where the full duplex mode is activated at each IAB node (e.g., each parent node 205, relay node 210, and/or child node 215 of the IAB network) , because the DL/UL beamforming parameters and channel statuses along the chain may be closely coupled.
- an enhanced (e.g., optimal) beamforming direction e.g., precoding weight
- aspects of the described techniques provide an efficient scheme that supports the parent node 205 determining the beamforming direction (e.g., precoding weight) for the parent BH link based on IAB nodeās (e.g., relay node 210) feedback information on its full duplex beamforming direction (e.g., precoding weight) .
- the beamforming direction e.g., precoding weight
- IAB node e.g., relay node 2
- aspects of the described techniques may support in-band full-duplex transmissions.
- One aspect of enabling full-duplex transmissions is the capability to cancel self-interference from downlink to uplink, or vice versa.
- the nodes of wireless communication system 200 may support full-duplex radio designs that can suppress up to 110 dBm, or more, of such self-interference by combining the technologies of beamforming, analog cancellation, digital cancellation, antenna cancellation, and the like.
- Aspects of the describe techniques support beamforming direction determination in both downlink (or downstream) and uplink (or upstream) transmissions within the IAB network.
- this may include an IAB system with full duplex (e.g., wireless communication system 200) where, for a particular IAB node (e.g., relay node 210) , the transmission (s) and reception (s) are being performed concurrently.
- the transmitted signal with a certain beamforming direction e.g., precoding matrix, antenna port, etc.
- the transmitted signal with a certain beamforming direction may cause self-interference with respect to the received signal and different beamforming directions would cause different self-interference strengths.
- aspects of the described techniques may include the signal being transmitted in a proper beamforming direction (s) (e.g., in at least a first downlink or uplink beamforming direction) . Due to this, aspects of the described techniques may support a beamforming direction determination scheme for the IAB node with full duplex, such as relay node 210.
- the downlink data transfer of information may include the relay node 210 determining a channel status for each of a plurality of downlink beamforming directions between parent node 205 and relay node 210 based at least in part on a downlink beamforming direction between relay node 210 and child node 215.
- relay node 210 may determine a plurality of beamforming directions (e.g., precoding matrixes, antenna ports, etc. ) in the DL child BH link between relay node 210 and child node 215 and/or the DL access link between relay node 210 and UE 220.
- These beamforming directions may be selected to enhance the channel status of the DL child BH link and/or the DL access link. That is, the best of these beamforming directions may constitute the downlink beamforming direction (s) between relay node 210 and child node 215.
- relay node 210 may determine the downlink beamforming directions in the DL parent BH link which has at least a defined channel status (e.g., maximum SINR) , has a highest channel status, for example, under self-interference.
- Such beamforming direction may be represented by a channel status information reference signal (CSI-RS) resource indicator (CRI) , a precoding matric indicator (PMI) , and the like.
- the relay node 210 may determine the CSI (e.g., CRI, rank indicator (RI) , PMI, channel quality indicator (CQI) , etc. ) of the DL parent BH link between relay node 210 and parent node 205 for a full duplex mode.
- CSI-RS channel status information reference signal
- CRI rank indicator
- CQI channel quality indicator
- Relay node 210 may transmit a report to parent node 205 indicating at least a subset of the channel statuses and an indication that a respective downlink beamforming direction of the plurality of downlink beamforming directions corresponds to a respective channel status in the subset of channel statuses.
- relay node 210 may report the CSI of the DL parent BH link to parent node 205 for both a non-full duplex mode and a full duplex mode, respectively, for each of the one or more downlink beamforming directions between the relay node 210 and the child node 215.
- Parent node 205 may receive the report and transmit a grant to relay node 210 indicating a first downlink beamforming direction from the plurality of downlink beamforming directions based at least in part on the report. For example, parent node 205 may determine the beamforming direction (s) and radio resource allocation (s) for the DL parent BH link for the non-full duplex mode and/or the full duplex mode and then indicate this to relay node 210 in the grant, for example, or in multiple grants.
- s beamforming direction
- s radio resource allocation
- Relay node 210 may monitor for and receive a downlink transmission from parent node 205 based at least in part on the grant and the first downlink beamforming direction. For example, relay node 210 may use the radio resource (s) for the full duplex mode to schedule the transmission along with the determined beamforming directions at the DL child BH link between relay node 210 and child node 215 and/or the DL access link between relay node 210 and UE 220.
- relay node 210 may determine a channel status for each of a plurality of uplink beamforming directions between parent node 205 and relay node 210 based, at least in some aspects, on one or more uplink beamforming directions between relay node 210 and child node 215. For example, relay node 210 may determine a plurality of beamforming directions (e.g., precoding matrixes, antenna ports, etc. ) in the UL child BH link between relay node 210 and child node 215 and/or the UL access link between relay node 210 and UE 220. These beamforming directions may be selected to enhance the channel status of the UL child BH link and/or the UL access link.
- beamforming directions e.g., precoding matrixes, antenna ports, etc.
- relay node 210 may determine the beamforming directions in the UL parent BH link that satisfy some kind of criterion (e.g., satisfy a threshold) related to the SINR, for example, at the UL parent BH link, the UL child BH link and/or the UL access links.
- some kind of criterion e.g., satisfy a threshold
- Such beamforming direction can be represented by SRI, transmitted PMI (TPMI) , and the like.
- Relay node 210 may transmit an uplink reference signal to parent node 205 using at least a subset of the plurality of uplink beamforming directions between relay node 210 and parent node 205 based, at least in some aspects, on the channel statuses. For example, relay node 210 may transmit or otherwise send sounding reference signal (SRS) transmission (s) in the determined beamforming directions on the UL parent BH link to parent node 205. Relay node 210 may also indicate to parent node 205 whether each transmitted SRS is for a full duplex mode or a non-full duplex mode.
- SRS sounding reference signal
- relay node 210 may transmit a first uplink reference signal (or synchronization signal) to parent node 205 for a non-full duplex mode and a second uplink reference signal (or synchronization signal) to parent node 205 for a full duplex mode.
- Relay node 210 may also indicate to parent node 205 which reference signal is for which mode, e.g., either full duplex or non-full duplex.
- Parent node 205 may receive the uplink reference signal (s) from relay node 210 and transmit a grant to relay node 210 indicating a first uplink beamforming direction from the plurality ofbeamforming directions based, at least in some aspects, on the uplink reference signal (s) . For example, parent node 205 may determine the beamforming direction (s) and radio resource allocation (s) for the UL parent BH link for the non-full duplex mode and for the full duplex mode respectively, and then indicate this information to relay node 210.
- Relay node 210 may receive the grant from parent node 205 and transmit an uplink transmission to parent node 205 using the first uplink beamforming direction and based at least in part on the grant. For example, relay node 210 may use the radio resource (s) for the full duplex mode to schedule UL child BH link and/or UL access link transmissions, along with the determined beamforming directions at the UL child BH link and/or the UL access link.
- wireless communication system 200 provides or is otherwise configured to support a method for a full duplex based IAB network to execute beamforming determination for both downlink and uplink data transfers.
- the beamformed channel status in the parent backhaul link, child backhaul link and/or access link are jointly considered, and the scheduling result is targeted to generate enhanced and balanced throughputs in all of these links.
- Wireless communication system 200 leverages aspects of conventional techniques, but adds a small number of additional information elements between relay node 210 and its parent node 205.
- FIG. 3 illustrates an example of a process 300 that supports beamforming determination for IAB system with full duplex in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
- process 300 may implement aspects of wireless communication systems 100 and/or 200. Aspects of process 300 may be implemented by parent node 305, relay node 310, child node 315, and/or UE 320, which may be examples of corresponding devices described herein. That is, parent node 305, relay node 310, and/or child node 315 may be examples of the nodes within an IAB network, which may be implemented in a base station and/or a UE as described herein. Broadly, process 300 illustrates one example for downlink beamform determination in an IAB network.
- relay node 310 may determine a plurality ofbeamforming directions at the downlink child backhaul link between relay node 310 and child node 315 and/or at the downlink access link between relay node 310 and UE 320. In some aspects, relay node 310 may determine the beamforming directions of the downlink child backhaul link and/or the downlink access link using a variety of approaches.
- One approach may include relay node 310 transmitting SSB (s) , CSI-RS (s) , etc., by which child node 315 and/or UE 320 chooses a preferred (e.g., optimal) beamforming direction in the downlink child backhaul or downlink access links, respectively, and then feeds back reporting information to relay node 310, e.g., in a channel status feedback report.
- relay node 310 receives SRS (s) from child node 315 and/or UE 320, and then determines the beamforming directions in the uplink child backhaul and/or uplink access links, respectively, according to the quality of the received signal.
- Relay node 310 may use these beamforming directions in the downlink child backhaul and/or downlink access links according to channel reciprocity.
- parent node 305 may transmit (and relay node 310 may receive) one or more reference signals, such as CSI-RSs.
- relay node 310 may determine a plurality ofbeamforming directions at the downlink parent backhaul link for a full duplex mode based, at least in some aspects, on the determined beamforming directions at the downlink child backhaul link and/or the downlink access link, e.g., based on the beamforming directions determined at 325.
- the plurality beamforming directions may be determined based on the beamforming directions determined at 325 and the reference signals received at 330.
- relay node 310 may determine a plurality ofbeamforming directions at the downlink parent backhaul link for the non-full duplex mode. For example, the plurality beamforming directions may be determined based on the reference signals received at 330.
- relay node 310 may identify or otherwise determine the channel statuses (e.g., CSI) for the non-full duplex mode and for the full duplex mode, respectively.
- CSI channel statuses
- relay node 310 may determine the beamforming directionās channel statuses (e.g., CSI) in the downlink parent backhaul link for the full duplex mode. This may include relay node 310 determining the beamforming directions in the downlink parent backhaul link based on the channel gain of the beamformed channel in the downlink parent backhaul link (denoted as S_p) and the self-interference caused by the beamformed channel in the downlink child backhaul link and/or downlink access link to the beamformed channel in the downlink parent backhaul link (denoted as I_c2p) .
- S_p channel gain of the beamformed channel in the downlink parent backhaul link
- I_c2p downlink access link to the beamformed channel in the downlink parent backhaul link
- the beamformed channel and the downlink child backhaul and/or downlink access links may be generated by the previously determined beamforming directions, e.g., the beamforming directions determined at 325.
- One example of the criteria that can be used for the selection of the beamforming directions in the downlink parent backhaul link may include, but is not limited to, relay node 310 identifying a beamforming direction associated with a defined (e.g., maximum) value of S_p/I_c2p.
- Relay node 310 may then determine the channel status or CSI (e.g., CRI, RI, PMI, CQI, etc. ) of the downlink parent backhaul link with the full duplex mode.
- relay node 310 may transmit (and parent node 305 may receive) a report (e.g., a CSI report) for the non-full duplex mode and the full duplex mode, with a report containing flags to indicate or otherwise identify the CSI report with the corresponding mode. That is, a report may contain a flag identifying a first CSI as corresponding to the non-full duplex mode and another flag identifying a second CSI as corresponding to the full duplex mode.
- a report may contain a flag identifying a first CSI as corresponding to the non-full duplex mode and another flag identifying a second CSI as corresponding to the full duplex mode.
- relay node 310 may transmit or otherwise send a CSI report for the full duplex mode and the non-full duplex mode to parent node 305, with the flag indicating or identifying the non-full duplex mode and full duplex mode for each CSI (e.g., the subset of channel statuses) contained in the report.
- the CSI report may indicate a set of channel status information and indicate to which beamforming direction between the parent node 305 and the relay node 310 each instance of the channel status information corresponds.
- parent node 305 may determine the one or more beamforming directions and one or more radio resource allocations (e.g., time, frequency, spatial, code, etc., resources) for the non-full duplex mode and full duplex mode, respectively.
- the radio resource allocation division between the full duplex mode and the non-full duplex mode may be in the time domain, a frequency domain, or a mixture of the time-frequency domain.
- relay node 510 may determine a channel status (e.g., CSI, CRI, etc. ) for each of the plurality of downlink beamforming direction (e.g., receive beam 1 and receive beam 2) between parent node 505 and relay node 510 based, at least in some aspects, on a downlink beamforming direction (e.g., transmit beam 3) between relay node 510 and child node 515.
- Relay node 510 may transmit a report to parent node 505 indicating at least a subset of the channel statuses (e.g., receive beam 1 and/or receive beam 2) and an indication that the respective downlink beamforming direction of the plurality of downlink beamforming directions corresponds to the respective channel status in the subset of channel statuses.
- Parent node 505 may transmit a grant to relay node 510 indicating a first downlink beamforming direction (e.g., transmit beam 2 and/or receive beam 2) from the plurality of beamforming directions.
- the grant may also carry or convey an indication of resources (e.g., radio resource allocations in the time and/or frequency domain) for the corresponding first downlink beamforming direction for a full duplex mode as well as for a non-full duplex mode.
- Relay node 510 may use this information to monitor for (and receive) a downlink transmission from the parent node 505 based on the grant and in the first downlink beamforming direction (e.g., using receive beam 2) .
- FIG. 6 illustrates an example of a wireless communication system 600 that supports beamforming determination for IAB system with full duplex in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
- wireless communication system 600 may implement aspects of wireless communication systems 100, 200, and/or 500, and/or processes 300 and/or 400.
- Aspects of wireless communication system 600 may be implemented by parent node 605, relay node 610, and/or child node 615, which may be examples of corresponding devices described herein. That is, parent node 605, relay node 610, and/or child node 615 may be examples of nodes within an IAB network, which may be implemented in a base station and/or a UE as described herein.
- child node 615 may be a child node communicating with relay node 610 via an access link (e.g., acting as a UE, such as implementing a MT function, from the perspective of relay node 610) or may be an actual UE communicating with relay node 610 via an access link.
- wireless communication system 600 illustrates one example for uplink beamform determination in an IAB network.
- relay node 610 may be configured for, or otherwise support, full duplex mode operations.
- parent node 605 (which may be an example of a donor/anchor node or an upstream relay node from the perspective of relay node 610) may use receive beam 1 or receive beam 2 in an uplink parent backhaul link for communications with relay node 610.
- relay node 610 may use transmit beam 1 or transmit beam 2 for such communications with parent node 605.
- relay node 610 may use transmit beam 1 and parent node 605 may use receive beam 1 for direct or line of sight communications or may use transmit beam 2 and receive beam 2, respectively, for indirect communications (e.g., transmit beam 2 may bounce off of a reflective object towards parent node 605) .
- transmit beam 1/receive beam 1 may have or otherwise achieve a higher beamforming channel gain than transmit beam 2/receive beam 2 without other interference.
- Relay node 610 may use the same radio resource allocation for its uplink access link with child node 615 using receive beam 3. That is, relay node 610 may select receive beam 3 since it has a highest channel gain in the uplink access link. However, typically transmit beams 1 and 2 may introduce self-interference for receive beam 3. In some aspects, the self-interference from receive beam 3 may be higher for transmit beam 1 than for transmit beam 2.
- Relay node 610 may determine the beamforming direction for the uplink parent backhaul link for the full duplex mode by considering the self-interference from the uplink parent backhaul link (beamformed by transmit beam 1 or transmit beam 2) to the uplink access link (beamformed by receive beam 3) . In this case, relay node 610 may assume such self-interference is strong for transmit beam 1 and weak for transmit beam 2. Therefore, if relay node 610 has no information of the beamformed channel gain in the uplink parent backhaul link, it may identify or determine a first uplink beamforming direction (e.g., transmit beam 2) that can lead to the smallest value of the self-interference strength for the full duplex mode.
- a first uplink beamforming direction e.g., transmit beam 2
- relay node 610 may determine a channel status for each of a plurality of uplink beamforming directions (e.g., transmit beam 1 and transmit beam 2) between parent node 605 and relay node 610 based, at least in some aspects, on an uplink beamforming direction (e.g., receive beam 3) between relay node 610 and child node 615.
- Relay node 610 may transmit an uplink reference signal to parent node 605 using at least a subset of the plurality of uplink beamforming directions (e.g., transmit beam 1 and/or transmit beam 2) based, at least in some aspects on the channel statuses.
- Parent node 605 may receive the uplink reference signal (s) and transmit a grant to relay node 610 indicating a first uplink beamforming direction (e.g., receive beam 2 and/or transmit beam 2) from the plurality of uplink beamforming directions.
- Relay node 610 may receive a grant from parent node 605 and transmit, via the first uplink beamforming direction (e.g., transmit beam 2) , an uplink transmission to parent node 605 based on the grant.
- relay node 610 may also receive an uplink transmission from child node 615 using receive beam 3, e.g., for full duplex mode operations.
- FIG. 7 shows a block diagram 700 of a device 705 that supports beamforming determination for IAB system with full duplex in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
- the device 705 may be an example of aspects of a parent node, relay node, child node, UE 115 or base station 105 as described herein.
- the device 705 may include a receiver 710, a communications manager 715, and a transmitter 720.
- the device 705 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with one another (e.g., via one or more buses) .
- the communications manager 715 as described herein may be implemented to realize one or more potential advantages. Various implementations may enable mitigation of self-interference for full duplex transmissions of device 705 that the comprises communications manager 715 in a shared resource. At least one implementation may enable the communications manager 715 to effectively select beamforming directions. At least one implementation may enable communications manager 715 to increase the throughput to device 705 by allowing for reporting of one or more channel statuses and one or more corresponding beamforming directions between the device 705 and a child node to enhance selection of one or more beamforming directions between a parent node and the device 705.
- the communications manager 715 may determine a channel status for each of a set of downlink beamforming directions between a parent node and the relay node based on a downlink beamforming direction between the relay node and a child node, transmit a report to the parent node indicating at least a subset of the channel statuses and an indication that a respective downlink beamforming direction of the set of downlink beamforming directions corresponds to a respective channel status in the subset of the channel statuses, receive a grant from the parent node indicating a first downlink beamforming direction from the set of downlink beamforming directions, and monitor for a downlink transmission from the parent node based on the grant and the first downlink beamforming direction.
- the communications manager 715 may also determine a channel status for each of a set of uplink beamforming directions between a parent node and the relay node based on an uplink beamforming direction between the relay node and a child node, transmit an uplink reference signal to the parent node using at least a subset of the set of uplink beamforming directions based on the channel statuses, receive a grant from the parent node indicating a first uplink beamforming direction from the set of uplink beamforming directions, and transmit, via the first uplink beamforming direction, an uplink transmission to the parent node based on the grant.
- the communications manager 715 may also receive a report from a relay node indicating a set of channel statuses and a respective downlink beamforming direction of a set of downlink beamforming directions between the parent node and the relay node that corresponds to a respective channel status in the set the channel statuses, the set of channel statuses determined for the set of downlink beamforming directions between the parent node and the relay node based on a downlink beamforming direction between the relay node and a child node, transmit a grant to the relay node indicating a first downlink beamforming direction from the set of downlink beamforming directions based on the report, and transmit a downlink transmission to the relay node based on the grant and the first downlink beamforming direction.
- the communications manager 715 may also receive an uplink reference signal from a relay node transmitted using a subset of a set of uplink beamforming directions, transmit a grant to the relay node indicating a first uplink beamforming direction from the set of uplink beamforming directions based on the uplink reference signal, and monitor for an uplink transmission from the relay node based on the grant and the first uplink beamforming direction.
- the communications manager 715 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 1010 or 1110 as described herein.
- the communications manager 715 may be implemented in hardware, code (e.g., software or firmware) executed by a processor, or any combination thereof. If implemented in code executed by a processor, the functions of the communications manager 715, or its sub-components may be executed by a general-purpose processor, a DSP, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) , a FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof designed to perform the functions described in the present disclosure.
- code e.g., software or firmware
- ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
- the communications manager 715 may be physically located at various positions, including being distributed such that portions of functions are implemented at different physical locations by one or more physical components.
- the communications manager 715, or its sub-components may be a separate and distinct component in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure.
- the communications manager 715, or its sub-components may be combined with one or more other hardware components, including but not limited to an input/output (I/O) component, a transceiver, a network server, another computing device, one or more other components described in the present disclosure, or a combination thereof in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure.
- I/O input/output
- FIG. 8 shows a block diagram 800 of a device 805 that supports beamforming determination for IAB system with full duplex in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
- the device 805 may be an example of aspects of a parent node, relay node, child node, device 705, a UE 115, or a base station 105 as described herein.
- the device 805 may include a receiver 810, a communications manager 815, and a transmitter 830.
- the device 805 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with one another (e.g., via one or more buses) .
- Receiver 810 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, and information related to beamforming determination for IAB system with full duplex, etc. ) . Information may be passed on to other components of the device 805.
- the receiver 810 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1020 or 1120 as described with reference to FIGs. 10 and 11.
- the receiver 810 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
- the communications manager 815 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 715 as described herein.
- the communications manager 815 may include a DL beam direction selection manager 820 and an UL beam direction selection manager 825.
- the communications manager 815 may be an example of aspects of the communications manager 1010 or 1110 as described herein.
- the DL beam direction selection manager 820 may determine a channel status for each of a set of downlink beamforming directions between a parent node and the relay node based on a downlink beamforming direction between the relay node and a child node, transmit a report to the parent node indicating at least a subset of the channel statuses and an indication that a respective downlink beamforming direction of the set of downlink beamforming directions corresponds to a respective channel status in the subset of the channel statuses, receive a grant from the parent node indicating a first downlink beamforming direction from the set of downlink beamforming directions, and monitor for a downlink transmission from the parent node based on the grant and the first downlink beamforming direction.
- the DL beam direction selection manager 820 may receive a report from a relay node indicating a set of channel statuses and a respective downlink beamforming direction of a set of downlink beamforming directions between the parent node and the relay node that corresponds to a respective channel status in the set the channel statuses, the set of channel statuses determined for the set of downlink beamforming directions between the parent node and the relay node based on a downlink beamforming direction between the relay node and a child node, transmit a grant to the relay node indicating a first downlink beamforming direction from the set of downlink beamforming directions based on the report, and transmit a downlink transmission to the relay node based on the grant and the first downlink beamforming direction.
- Transmitter 830 may transmit signals generated by other components of the device 805.
- the transmitter 830 may be collocated with a receiver 810 in a transceiver module.
- the transmitter 830 may be an example of aspects of the transceiver 1020 or 1120 as described with reference to FIGs. 10 and 11.
- the transmitter 830 may utilize a single antenna or a set of antennas.
- the DL beam direction selection manager 910 may determine a channel status for each of a set of downlink beamforming directions between a parent node and the relay node based on a downlink beamforming direction between the relay node and a child node.
- the DL beam direction selection manager 910 may transmit a report to the parent node indicating at least a subset of the channel statuses and an indication that a respective downlink beamforming direction of the set of downlink beamforming directions corresponds to a respective channel status in the subset of the channel statuses.
- the DL beam direction selection manager 910 may monitor for a downlink transmission from the parent node based on the grant and the first downlink beamforming direction.
- the DL beam direction selection manager 910 may receive a report from a relay node indicating a set of channel statuses and a respective downlink beamforming direction of a set of downlink beamforming directions between the parent node and the relay node that corresponds to a respective channel status in the set the channel statuses, the set of channel statuses determined for the set of downlink beamforming directions between the parent node and the relay node based on a downlink beamforming direction between the relay node and a child node.
- the DL beam direction selection manager 910 may transmit a grant to the relay node indicating a first downlink beamforming direction from the set of downlink beamforming directions based on the report.
- the DL beam direction selection manager 910 may transmit a downlink transmission to the relay node based on the grant and the first downlink beamforming direction.
- the child node is a UE or a second relay node.
- the relay node includes a relay node within an IAB network.
- the child node includes a UE or a second relay node.
- the parent node includes a parent relay node within an IAB network.
- the UL beam direction selection manager 935 may determine a channel status for each of a set of uplink beamforming directions between a parent node and the relay node based on an uplink beamforming direction between the relay node and a child node.
- the UL beam direction selection manager 935 may transmit an uplink reference signal to the parent node using at least a subset of the set of uplink beamforming directions based on the channel statuses.
- the UL beam direction selection manager 935 may receive a grant from the parent node indicating a first uplink beamforming direction from the set of uplink beamforming directions.
- the UL beam direction selection manager 935 may transmit, via the first uplink beamforming direction, an uplink transmission to the parent node based on the grant.
- the UL beam direction selection manager 935 may receive an uplink reference signal from a relay node transmitted using a subset of a set of uplink beamforming directions.
- the UL beam direction selection manager 935 may transmit a grant to the relay node indicating a first uplink beamforming direction from the set of uplink beamforming directions based on the uplink reference signal.
- the UL beam direction selection manager 935 may monitor for an uplink transmission from the relay node based on the grant and the first uplink beamforming direction.
- the grant resource manager 915 may receive the grant indicating a resource allocation for simultaneous transmission and reception by the relay node when operating in a full duplex mode.
- the grant resource manager 915 may receive the downlink transmission from the parent node within the resource allocation.
- the grant resource manager 915 may transmit the uplink transmission to the parent node within the resource allocation, the method further including.
- the grant resource manager 915 may transmit the grant indicating a resource allocation for simultaneous transmission and reception by the relay node when operating in a full duplex mode.
- the grant resource manager 915 may transmit the downlink transmission from the parent node within the resource allocation.
- the grant resource manager 915 may transmit the grant to identify, for a non-full duplex mode, a second downlink beamforming direction for non-full duplex transmissions from the parent node.
- the grant resource manager 915 may select the first uplink beamforming direction from the set of uplink beamforming directions for the resource allocation based on the uplink reference signal.
- the reference signal manager 920 may communicate a reference signal or a synchronization signal with the child node, where the downlink beamforming direction between the relay node and the child node is identified based on the communicating.
- the reference signal manager 920 may communicate a reference signal or a synchronization signal with the child node, where the uplink beamforming direction between the relay node and the child node is identified based on the communicating.
- the reference signal manager 920 may transmit the second uplink reference signal within a second resource associated with the full duplex mode.
- the reference signal manager 920 may determine, based on the grant, a non-full duplex mode uplink beamforming direction for non-full duplex transmissions to the parent node.
- the reference signal manager 920 may receive a signal from the relay node identifying the first uplink reference signal for the non-full duplex mode and the second uplink reference signal for the full duplex mode.
- the self-interference manager 925 may determine, for a full duplex mode, the channel status for each of the set of downlink beamforming directions between the parent node and the relay node based on the identified self-interference levels.
- the channel status manager 930 may determine a beamforming channel gain for each of the set of downlink beamforming directions between the parent node and the relay node, where the first channel status for each of the set of downlink beamforming directions between the parent node and the relay node is determined based on the beamforming channel gain for each of the set of downlink beamforming directions between the parent node and the relay node.
- the channel status manager 930 may determine a ratio of beamforming channel gain over self-interference level for each of the set of downlink beamforming directions between the parent node and the relay node based on the identified self-interference levels and the determined beamforming channel gains, where the second channel status for each of the set of downlink beamforming directions between the parent node and the relay node is determined based on the ratio.
- the channel status manager 930 may determine, based on the grant, a full duplex downlink beamforming direction for full duplex mode for full duplex communications between the parent node and the relay node, for full duplex communications between the relay node and the child node, or a combination thereof.
- the communications manager 1010 may also determine a channel status for each of a set of uplink beamforming directions between a parent node and the relay node based on an uplink beamforming direction between the relay node and a child node, transmit an uplink reference signal to the parent node using at least a subset of the set of uplink beamforming directions based on the channel statuses, receive a grant from the parent node indicating a first uplink beamforming direction from the set of uplink beamforming directions, and transmit, via the first uplink beamforming direction, an uplink transmission to the parent node based on the grant.
- the communications manager 1010 may also receive a report from a relay node indicating a set of channel statuses and a respective downlink beamforming direction of a set of downlink beamforming directions between the parent node and the relay node that corresponds to a respective channel status in the set the channel statuses, the set of channel statuses determined for the set of downlink beamforming directions between the parent node and the relay node based on a downlink beamforming direction between the relay node and a child node, transmit a grant to the relay node indicating a first downlink beamforming direction from the set of downlink beamforming directions based on the report, and transmit a downlink transmission to the relay node based on the grant and the first downlink beamforming direction.
- the communications manager 1010 may also receive an uplink reference signal from a relay node transmitted using a subset of a set of uplink beamforming directions, transmit a grant to the relay node indicating a first uplink beamforming direction from the set of uplink beamforming directions based on the uplink reference signal, and monitor for an uplink transmission from the relay node based on the grant and the first uplink beamforming direction.
- Transceiver 1020 may communicate bi-directionally, via one or more antennas, wired, or wireless links as described above.
- the transceiver 1020 may represent a wireless transceiver and may communicate bi-directionally with another wireless transceiver.
- the transceiver 1020 may also include a modem to modulate the packets and provide the modulated packets to the antennas for transmission, and to demodulate packets received from the antennas.
- the wireless device may include a single antenna 1025. However, in some cases the device may have more than one antenna 1025, which may be capable of concurrently transmitting or receiving multiple wireless transmissions.
- the memory 1030 may include RAM, ROM, or a combination thereof.
- the memory 1030 may store computer-readable code 1035 including instructions that, when executed by a processor (e.g., the processor 1040) cause the device to perform various functions described herein.
- a processor e.g., the processor 1040
- the memory 1030 may contain, among other things, a BIOS which may control basic hardware or software operation such as the interaction with peripheral components or devices.
- the processor 1040 may include an intelligent hardware device, (e.g., a general-purpose processor, a DSP, a CPU, a microcontroller, an ASIC, an FPGA, a programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic component, a discrete hardware component, or any combination thereof) .
- the processor 1040 may be configured to operate a memory array using a memory controller.
- a memory controller may be integrated into the processor 1040.
- the processor 1040 may be configured to execute computer-readable instructions stored in a memory (e.g., the memory 1030) to cause the device 1005 to perform various functions (e.g., functions or tasks supporting beamforming determination for IAB system with full duplex) .
- the I/O controller 1050 may manage input and output signals for the device 1005.
- the I/O controller 1050 may also manage peripherals not integrated into the device 1005.
- the I/O controller 1050 may represent a physical connection or port to an external peripheral.
- the I/O controller 1050 may utilize an operating system such as or another known operating system.
- the I/O controller 1050 may represent or interact with a modem, a keyboard, a mouse, a touchscreen, or a similar device.
- the I/O controller 1050 may be implemented as part of a processor.
- a user may interact with the device 1005 via the I/O controller 1050 or via hardware components controlled by the I/O controller 1050.
- the code 1035 may include instructions to implement aspects of the present disclosure, including instructions to support wireless communications.
- the code 1035 may be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as system memory or other type of memory. In some cases, the code 1035 may not be directly executable by the processor 1040 but may cause a computer (e.g., when compiled and executed) to perform functions described herein.
- FIG. 11 shows a diagram of a system 1100 including a device 1105 that supports beamforming determination for IAB system with full duplex in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
- the device 1105 may be an example of or include the components of device 705, device 805, a parent node, a relay node, a child node, or a base station 105 as described herein.
- the device 1105 may include components for bi-directional voice and data communications including components for transmitting and receiving communications, including a communications manager 1110, a network communications manager 1115, a transceiver 1120, an antenna 1125, memory 1130, a processor 1140, and an inter-station communications manager 1145. These components may be in electronic communication via one or more buses (e.g., bus 1155) .
- buses e.g., bus 1155
- the communications manager 1110 may also determine a channel status for each of a set of uplink beamforming directions between a parent node and the relay node based on an uplink beamforming direction between the relay node and a child node, transmit an uplink reference signal to the parent node using at least a subset of the set of uplink beamforming directions based on the channel statuses, receive a grant from the parent node indicating a first uplink beamforming direction from the set of uplink beamforming directions, and transmit, via the first uplink beamforming direction, an uplink transmission to the parent node based on the grant.
- the communications manager 1110 may also receive an uplink reference signal from a relay node transmitted using a subset of a set of uplink beamforming directions, transmit a grant to the relay node indicating a first uplink beamforming direction from the set of uplink beamforming directions based on the uplink reference signal, and monitor for an uplink transmission from the relay node based on the grant and the first uplink beamforming direction.
- Network communications manager 1115 may manage communications with the core network (e.g., via one or more wired backhaul links) .
- the network communications manager 1115 may manage the transfer of data communications for client devices, such as one or more UEs 115.
- the wireless device may include a single antenna 1125. However, in some cases the device may have more than one antenna 1125, which may be capable of concurrently transmitting or receiving multiple wireless transmissions.
- the memory 1130 may include RAM, ROM, or a combination thereof.
- the memory 1130 may store computer-readable code 1135 including instructions that, when executed by a processor (e.g., the processor 1140) cause the device to perform various functions described herein.
- the memory 1130 may contain, among other things, a BIOS which may control basic hardware or software operation such as the interaction with peripheral components or devices.
- the processor 1140 may include an intelligent hardware device, (e.g., a general-purpose processor, a DSP, a CPU, a microcontroller, an ASIC, an FPGA, a programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic component, a discrete hardware component, or any combination thereof) .
- the processor 1140 may be configured to operate a memory array using a memory controller.
- a memory controller may be integrated into the processor 1140.
- the processor 1140 may be configured to execute computer-readable instructions stored in a memory (e.g., the memory 1130) to cause the device 1105 to perform various functions (e.g., functions or tasks supporting beamforming determination for IAB system with full duplex) .
- the code 1135 may include instructions to implement aspects of the present disclosure, including instructions to support wireless communications.
- the code 1135 may be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as system memory or other type of memory. In some cases, the code 1135 may not be directly executable by the processor 1140 but may cause a computer (e.g., when compiled and executed) to perform functions described herein.
- FIG. 13 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 1300 that supports beamforming determination for IAB system with full duplex in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
- the operations of method 1300 may be implemented by a UE 115 or base station 105 or its components as described herein.
- the operations of method 1300 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGs. 7 through 11.
- a UE or base station may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the UE or base station to perform the functions described below. Additionally or alternatively, a UE or base station may perform aspects of the functions described below using special-purpose hardware.
- the UE or base station may determine a channel status for each of a set of downlink beamforming directions between a parent node and the relay node based on a downlink beamforming direction between the relay node and a child node.
- the operations of 1305 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1305 may be performed by a DL beam direction selection manager as described with reference to FIGs. 7 through 11.
- the UE or base station may transmit a report to the parent node indicating at least a subset of the channel statuses and an indication that a respective downlink beamforming direction of the set of downlink beamforming directions corresponds to a respective channel status in the subset of the channel statuses.
- the operations of 1310 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1310 may be performed by a DL beam direction selection manager as described with reference to FIGs. 7 through 11.
- the UE or base station may receive a grant from the parent node indicating a first downlink beamforming direction from the set of downlink beamforming directions.
- the operations of 1315 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1315 may be performed by a DL beam direction selection manager as described with reference to FIGs. 7 through 11.
- FIG. 14 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 1400 that supports beamforming determination for IAB system with full duplex in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
- the operations of method 1400 may be implemented by a UE 115 or base station 105 or its components as described herein.
- the operations of method 1400 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGs. 7 through 11.
- a UE or base station may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the UE or base station to perform the functions described below. Additionally or alternatively, a UE or base station may perform aspects of the functions described below using special-purpose hardware.
- the UE or base station may determine a channel status for each of a set of uplink beamforming directions between a parent node and the relay node based on an uplink beamforming direction between the relay node and a child node.
- the operations of 1405 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1405 may be performed by an UL beam direction selection manager as described with reference to FIGs. 7 through 11.
- the UE or base station may transmit an uplink reference signal to the parent node using at least a subset of the set of uplink beamforming directions based on the channel statuses.
- the operations of 1410 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1410 may be performed by an UL beam direction selection manager as described with reference to FIGs. 7 through 11.
- the UE or base station may receive a grant from the parent node indicating a first uplink beamforming direction from the set of uplink beamforming directions.
- the operations of 1415 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1415 may be performed by an UL beam direction selection manager as described with reference to FIGs. 7 through 11.
- the UE or base station may transmit, via the first uplink beamforming direction, an uplink transmission to the parent node based on the grant.
- the operations of 1420 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1420 may be performed by an UL beam direction selection manager as described with reference to FIGs. 7 through 11.
- FIG. 16 shows a flowchart illustrating a method 1600 that supports beamforming determination for IAB system with full duplex in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
- the operations of method 1600 may be implemented by a UE 115 or base station 105 or its components as described herein.
- the operations of method 1600 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGs. 7 through 11.
- a UE or base station may execute a set of instructions to control the functional elements of the UE or base station to perform the functions described below. Additionally or alternatively, a UE or base station may perform aspects of the functions described below using special-purpose hardware.
- An OFDMA system may implement a radio technology such as Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) , Evolved UTRA (E-UTRA) , Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 (Wi-Fi) , IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX) , IEEE 802.20, Flash-OFDM, etc.
- UMB Ultra Mobile Broadband
- E-UTRA Evolved UTRA
- IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
- Wi-Fi Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
- IEEE 802.16 WiMAX
- IEEE 802.20 Flash-OFDM
- UTRA and E-UTRA are part of Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) .
- LTE, LTE-A, and LTE-A Pro are releases of UMTS that use E-UTRA.
- UTRA, E-UTRA, UMTS, LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, NR, and GSM are described in documents from the organization named ā3rd Generation Partnership Projectā (3GP
- CDMA2000 and UMB are described in documents from an organization named ā3rd Generation Partnership Project 2ā (3GPP2) .
- 3GPP2 3rd Generation Partnership Project 2
- the techniques described herein may be used for the systems and radio technologies mentioned herein as well as other systems and radio technologies. While aspects of an LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, or NR system may be described for purposes of example, and LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, or NR terminology may be used in much of the description, the techniques described herein are applicable beyond LTE, LTE-A, LTE-A Pro, or NR applications.
- a macro cell generally covers a relatively large geographic area (e.g., several kilometers in radius) and may allow unrestricted access by UEs with service subscriptions with the network provider.
- a small cell may be associated with a lower-powered base station, as compared with a macro cell, and a small cell may operate in the same or different (e.g., licensed, unlicensed, etc. ) frequency bands as macro cells.
- Small cells may include pico cells, femto cells, and micro cells according to various examples.
- a pico cell for example, may cover a small geographic area and may allow unrestricted access by UEs with service subscriptions with the network provider.
- a femto cell may also cover a small geographic area (e.g., a home) and may provide restricted access by UEs having an association with the femto cell (e.g., UEs in a closed subscriber group (CSG) , UEs for users in the home, and the like) .
- An eNB for a macro cell may be referred to as a macro eNB.
- An eNB for a small cell may be referred to as a small cell eNB, a pico eNB, a femto eNB, or a home eNB.
- An eNB may support one or multiple (e.g., two, three, four, and the like) cells, and may also support communications using one or multiple component carriers.
- Information and signals described herein may be represented using any of a variety of different technologies and techniques.
- data, instructions, commands, information, signals, bits, symbols, and chips that may be referenced throughout the description may be represented by voltages, currents, electromagnetic waves, magnetic fields or particles, optical fields or particles, or any combination thereof.
- a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, but in the alternative, the processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
- a processor may also be implemented as a combination of computing devices (e.g., a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a DSP core, or any other such configuration) .
- the functions described herein may be implemented in hardware, software executed by a processor, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software executed by a processor, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium. Other examples and implementations are within the scope of the disclosure and appended claims. For example, due to the nature of software, functions described herein can be implemented using software executed by a processor, hardware, firmware, hardwiring, or combinations of any of these. Features implementing functions may also be physically located at various positions, including being distributed such that portions of functions are implemented at different physical locations.
- Computer-readable media includes both non-transitory computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
- a non-transitory storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.
- non-transitory computer-readable media may include random-access memory (RAM) , read-only memory (ROM) , electrically erasable programmable ROM (EEPROM) , flash memory, compact disk (CD) ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other non-transitory medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code means in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer, or a general-purpose or special-purpose processor.
- RAM random-access memory
- ROM read-only memory
- EEPROM electrically erasable programmable ROM
- flash memory compact disk (CD) ROM or other optical disk storage
- magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communications are described. A relay node may determine a channel status for each of a plurality of downlink beamforming directions between a parent node and the relay node based at least in part on a downlink beamforming direction between the relay node and a child node. The relay node may transmit a report to the parent node indicating at least a subset of the channel statuses and an indication that a respective downlink beamforming direction of the plurality of downlink beamforming directions corresponds to a respective channel status in the subset of the channel statuses. The relay node may receive a grant from the parent node indicating a first downlink beamforming direction. The relay node may monitor for a downlink transmission from the parent node based at least in part on the grant and the first downlink beamforming direction.
Description
TheĀ followingĀ relatesĀ generallyĀ toĀ wirelessĀ communications,Ā andĀ moreĀ specificallyĀ toĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ integratedĀ accessĀ andĀ backhaulĀ (IAB)Ā systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplex.
WirelessĀ communicationsĀ systemsĀ areĀ widelyĀ deployedĀ toĀ provideĀ variousĀ typesĀ ofĀ communicationĀ contentĀ suchĀ asĀ voice,Ā video,Ā packetĀ data,Ā messaging,Ā broadcast,Ā andĀ soĀ on.Ā TheseĀ systemsĀ mayĀ beĀ capableĀ ofĀ supportingĀ communicationĀ withĀ multipleĀ usersĀ byĀ sharingĀ theĀ availableĀ systemĀ resourcesĀ (e.g.,Ā time,Ā frequency,Ā andĀ power)Ā .Ā ExamplesĀ ofĀ suchĀ multiple-accessĀ systemsĀ includeĀ fourthĀ generationĀ (4G)Ā systemsĀ suchĀ asĀ LongĀ TermĀ EvolutionĀ (LTE)Ā systems,Ā LTE-AdvancedĀ (LTE-A)Ā systems,Ā orĀ LTE-AĀ ProĀ systems,Ā andĀ fifthĀ generationĀ (5G)Ā systemsĀ whichĀ mayĀ beĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ NewĀ RadioĀ (NR)Ā systems.Ā TheseĀ systemsĀ mayĀ employĀ technologiesĀ suchĀ asĀ codeĀ divisionĀ multipleĀ accessĀ (CDMA)Ā ,Ā timeĀ divisionĀ multipleĀ accessĀ (TDMA)Ā ,Ā frequencyĀ divisionĀ multipleĀ accessĀ (FDMA)Ā ,Ā orthogonalĀ frequencyĀ divisionĀ multipleĀ accessĀ (OFDMA)Ā ,Ā orĀ discreteĀ FourierĀ transformĀ spreadĀ orthogonalĀ frequencyĀ divisionĀ multiplexingĀ (DFT-S-OFDM)Ā .Ā AĀ wirelessĀ multiple-accessĀ communicationsĀ systemĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ numberĀ ofĀ baseĀ stationsĀ orĀ networkĀ accessĀ nodes,Ā eachĀ simultaneouslyĀ supportingĀ communicationĀ forĀ multipleĀ communicationĀ devices,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ otherwiseĀ knownĀ asĀ userĀ equipmentĀ (UE)Ā .
WirelessĀ communicationĀ systemsĀ mayĀ operateĀ inĀ mmWĀ frequencyĀ ranges,Ā e.g.,Ā 28Ā GHz,Ā 40Ā GHz,Ā 60Ā GHz,Ā etc.Ā WirelessĀ communicationsĀ atĀ theseĀ frequenciesĀ mayĀ beĀ associatedĀ withĀ increasedĀ signalĀ attenuationĀ (e.g.,Ā pathĀ loss)Ā ,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ influencedĀ byĀ variousĀ factors,Ā suchĀ asĀ temperature,Ā barometricĀ pressure,Ā diffraction,Ā etc.Ā AsĀ aĀ result,Ā signalĀ processingĀ techniques,Ā suchĀ asĀ beamforming,Ā mayĀ beĀ usedĀ toĀ coherentlyĀ combineĀ energyĀ andĀ overcomeĀ theĀ pathĀ lossesĀ atĀ theseĀ frequencies.Ā DueĀ toĀ theĀ increasedĀ amountĀ ofĀ pathĀ lossĀ inĀ mmWĀ communicationĀ systems,Ā transmissionsĀ fromĀ theĀ baseĀ stationĀ and/orĀ theĀ UEĀ mayĀ beĀ beamformed.Ā Moreover,Ā aĀ receivingĀ deviceĀ mayĀ useĀ beamformingĀ techniquesĀ toĀ configureĀ antennaĀ (s)Ā and/orĀ antennaĀ arrayĀ (s)Ā suchĀ thatĀ transmissionsĀ areĀ receivedĀ inĀ aĀ directionalĀ manner.
SomeĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ systemsĀ mayĀ supportĀ bothĀ accessĀ andĀ backhaulĀ wirelessĀ communications.Ā ForĀ example,Ā suchĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ systemsĀ mayĀ includeĀ nodes,Ā whichĀ mayĀ alsoĀ beĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ anchorĀ nodes,Ā parentĀ nodes,Ā relayĀ nodes,Ā orĀ childĀ nodesĀ dependingĀ onĀ whereĀ theĀ nodeĀ isĀ withinĀ theĀ network,Ā thatĀ facilitateĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ betweenĀ aĀ UEĀ andĀ theĀ network.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā aĀ donorĀ nodeĀ (orĀ anchorĀ node)Ā mayĀ haveĀ aĀ high-capacity,Ā wired,Ā backhaulĀ connectionĀ (e.g.,Ā fiber)Ā toĀ theĀ network,Ā whileĀ communicatingĀ simultaneouslyĀ withĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ downstreamĀ relayĀ nodesĀ (e.g.,Ā downstreamĀ parent,Ā relay,Ā and/orĀ childĀ nodes)Ā orĀ UEs.Ā AĀ networkĀ thatĀ supportsĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ UEĀ mayĀ beĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ anĀ accessĀ networkĀ orĀ link,Ā whileĀ aĀ networkĀ thatĀ supportsĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ relayĀ nodesĀ mayĀ beĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ aĀ backhaulĀ networkĀ orĀ link.Ā InĀ deploymentsĀ supportingĀ bothĀ accessĀ andĀ backhaul,Ā theĀ networkĀ mayĀ beĀ orĀ implementĀ anĀ IABĀ network.Ā ConventionalĀ beamformingĀ techniquesĀ inĀ IABĀ systemsĀ areĀ deficient.
SUMMARY
TheĀ describedĀ techniquesĀ relateĀ toĀ improvedĀ methods,Ā systems,Ā devices,Ā andĀ apparatusesĀ thatĀ supportĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ integratedĀ accessĀ andĀ backhaulĀ (IAB)Ā systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplex.Ā Generally,Ā theĀ describedĀ techniquesĀ provideĀ forĀ variousĀ techniquesĀ toĀ supportĀ beamformĀ directionĀ selection,Ā forĀ downlinkĀ andĀ uplink,Ā inĀ anĀ IABĀ networkĀ thatĀ isĀ configuredĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ supportsĀ bothĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ andĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communications.Ā InĀ theĀ downlink,Ā thisĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ identifyingĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ determiningĀ theĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ relayĀ node.Ā TheĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ determineĀ theĀ channelĀ statusĀ based,Ā atĀ leastĀ inĀ someĀ aspects,Ā onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ childĀ nodes.Ā TheĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ transmitĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ provideĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ thatĀ indicatesĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ orĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ and,Ā inĀ someĀ aspects,Ā indicatesĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ correspondingĀ toĀ eachĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ status.
TheĀ parentĀ nodeĀ mayĀ receiveĀ theĀ reportĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ respondĀ withĀ theĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ first)Ā downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ report.Ā TheĀ grantĀ mayĀ alsoĀ carryĀ orĀ conveyĀ anĀ indicationĀ ofĀ resourcesĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ radioĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ inĀ timeĀ and/orĀ frequency)Ā correspondingĀ toĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ asĀ wellĀ asĀ forĀ aĀ full-duplexĀ mode.Ā TheĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ andĀ receiveĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.Ā TheĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ concurrentlyĀ transmitĀ aĀ downstreamĀ transmissionĀ toĀ itsĀ childĀ nodeĀ usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ allocatedĀ resourcesĀ andĀ based,Ā atĀ leastĀ inĀ someĀ aspects,Ā onĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
InĀ theĀ uplink,Ā theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ identifyĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ based,Ā atĀ leastĀ inĀ someĀ aspects,Ā onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node.Ā TheĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ thenĀ transmitĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ conveyĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalsĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā e.g.,Ā basedĀ onĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses.Ā TheĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ indicateĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ whetherĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalsĀ isĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ orĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ inĀ theĀ reportĀ and/orĀ inĀ aĀ separateĀ transmission.
TheĀ parentĀ nodeĀ mayĀ useĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalsĀ andĀ indicationĀ toĀ identifyĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ determineĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions.Ā Accordingly,Ā theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ mayĀ transmitĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ conveyĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ asĀ wellĀ asĀ theĀ resourcesĀ (e.g.,Ā radioĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ inĀ timeĀ and/orĀ frequency)Ā forĀ uplinkĀ communicationsĀ usingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.Ā TheĀ parentĀ nodeĀ mayĀ thenĀ monitorĀ forĀ andĀ receiveĀ anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.Ā TheĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ concurrentlyĀ monitorĀ forĀ andĀ receiveĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ (s)Ā fromĀ theĀ childĀ nodeĀ and/orĀ aĀ UEĀ usingĀ theĀ grantedĀ resourcesĀ andĀ based,Ā atĀ leastĀ inĀ someĀ aspects,Ā onĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
AĀ methodĀ ofĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ atĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ isĀ described.Ā TheĀ methodĀ mayĀ includeĀ determiningĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmittingĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ anĀ indicationĀ thatĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā receivingĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā andĀ monitoringĀ forĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
AnĀ apparatusĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ atĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ isĀ described.Ā TheĀ apparatusĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ processor,Ā memoryĀ coupledĀ withĀ theĀ processor,Ā andĀ instructionsĀ storedĀ inĀ theĀ memory.Ā TheĀ instructionsĀ mayĀ beĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ toĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmitĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ anĀ indicationĀ thatĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā andĀ monitorĀ forĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
AnotherĀ apparatusĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ atĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ isĀ described.Ā TheĀ apparatusĀ mayĀ includeĀ meansĀ forĀ determiningĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmittingĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ anĀ indicationĀ thatĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā receivingĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā andĀ monitoringĀ forĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
AĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ storingĀ codeĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ atĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ isĀ described.Ā TheĀ codeĀ mayĀ includeĀ instructionsĀ executableĀ byĀ aĀ processorĀ toĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmitĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ anĀ indicationĀ thatĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā andĀ monitorĀ forĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
InĀ someĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ herein,Ā receivingĀ theĀ grantĀ furtherĀ mayĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ receivingĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ aĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ byĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ whenĀ operatingĀ inĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
SomeĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ receivingĀ theĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocation,Ā andĀ transmittingĀ aĀ secondĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ childĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ viaĀ theĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node.
SomeĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ communicatingĀ aĀ referenceĀ signalĀ orĀ aĀ synchronizationĀ signalĀ withĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā whereĀ theĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ nodeĀ mayĀ beĀ identifiedĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ communicating.
SomeĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ identifyingĀ aĀ self-interferenceĀ levelĀ betweenĀ eachĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ inĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā andĀ determining,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā theĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ identifiedĀ self-interferenceĀ levels.
InĀ someĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ herein,Ā determiningĀ theĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ furtherĀ mayĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ determining,Ā forĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ firstĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā andĀ determining,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ secondĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā whereĀ theĀ reportĀ indicatingĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ mayĀ beĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ firstĀ andĀ secondĀ channelĀ statuses.
InĀ someĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ herein,Ā determiningĀ theĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ mayĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ determiningĀ aĀ beamformingĀ channelĀ gainĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā whereĀ theĀ firstĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ beamformingĀ channelĀ gainĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā andĀ determiningĀ aĀ ratioĀ ofĀ beamformingĀ channelĀ gainĀ overĀ self-interferenceĀ levelĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ identifiedĀ self-interferenceĀ levelsĀ andĀ theĀ determinedĀ beamformingĀ channelĀ gains,Ā whereĀ theĀ secondĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ ratio.
SomeĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ determining,Ā basedĀ onĀ theĀ grant,Ā aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ transmissionsĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ node,Ā andĀ determining,Ā basedĀ onĀ theĀ grant,Ā aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereof.
InĀ someĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ herein,Ā theĀ childĀ nodeĀ mayĀ beĀ aĀ UEĀ orĀ aĀ secondĀ relayĀ node.
InĀ someĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ herein,Ā theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ includesĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ withinĀ anĀ IABĀ network.
AĀ methodĀ ofĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ atĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ isĀ described.Ā TheĀ methodĀ mayĀ includeĀ determiningĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmittingĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā receivingĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā andĀ transmitting,Ā viaĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction,Ā anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grant.
AnĀ apparatusĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ atĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ isĀ described.Ā TheĀ apparatusĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ processor,Ā memoryĀ coupledĀ withĀ theĀ processor,Ā andĀ instructionsĀ storedĀ inĀ theĀ memory.Ā TheĀ instructionsĀ mayĀ beĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ toĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmitĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā andĀ transmit,Ā viaĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction,Ā anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grant.
AnotherĀ apparatusĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ atĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ isĀ described.Ā TheĀ apparatusĀ mayĀ includeĀ meansĀ forĀ determiningĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmittingĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā receivingĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā andĀ transmitting,Ā viaĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction,Ā anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grant.
AĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ storingĀ codeĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ atĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ isĀ described.Ā TheĀ codeĀ mayĀ includeĀ instructionsĀ executableĀ byĀ aĀ processorĀ toĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmitĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā andĀ transmit,Ā viaĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction,Ā anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grant.
InĀ someĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ herein,Ā receivingĀ theĀ grantĀ mayĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ receivingĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ aĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ byĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ whenĀ operatingĀ inĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
InĀ someĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ herein,Ā transmittingĀ theĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ furtherĀ mayĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ transmittingĀ theĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocation,Ā theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ including.
SomeĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ communicatingĀ aĀ referenceĀ signalĀ orĀ aĀ synchronizationĀ signalĀ withĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā whereĀ theĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ nodeĀ mayĀ beĀ identifiedĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ communicating.
SomeĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ identifyingĀ aĀ self-interferenceĀ levelĀ betweenĀ eachĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ inĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā andĀ determining,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā theĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ identifiedĀ self-interferenceĀ levels.
InĀ someĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ herein,Ā transmittingĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ furtherĀ mayĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ transmitting,Ā forĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ node,Ā andĀ transmitting,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ node,Ā whereĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ mayĀ beĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal.
SomeĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ transmittingĀ aĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ identifyingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
InĀ someĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ herein,Ā transmittingĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ furtherĀ mayĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ transmittingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ withinĀ aĀ firstĀ resourceĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā andĀ transmittingĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ withinĀ aĀ secondĀ resourceĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
SomeĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ determining,Ā basedĀ onĀ theĀ grant,Ā aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ transmissionsĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ node,Ā andĀ determining,Ā basedĀ onĀ theĀ grant,Ā aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereof.
InĀ someĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ herein,Ā theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ includesĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ withinĀ anĀ IABĀ network.
AĀ methodĀ ofĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ atĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ isĀ described.Ā TheĀ methodĀ mayĀ includeĀ receivingĀ aĀ reportĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ thatĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ setĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā theĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ determinedĀ forĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmittingĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ report,Ā andĀ transmittingĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
AnĀ apparatusĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ atĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ isĀ described.Ā TheĀ apparatusĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ processor,Ā memoryĀ coupledĀ withĀ theĀ processor,Ā andĀ instructionsĀ storedĀ inĀ theĀ memory.Ā TheĀ instructionsĀ mayĀ beĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ toĀ receiveĀ aĀ reportĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ thatĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ setĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā theĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ determinedĀ forĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ report,Ā andĀ transmitĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
AnotherĀ apparatusĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ atĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ isĀ described.Ā TheĀ apparatusĀ mayĀ includeĀ meansĀ forĀ receivingĀ aĀ reportĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ thatĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ setĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā theĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ determinedĀ forĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmittingĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ report,Ā andĀ transmittingĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
AĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ storingĀ codeĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ atĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ isĀ described.Ā TheĀ codeĀ mayĀ includeĀ instructionsĀ executableĀ byĀ aĀ processorĀ toĀ receiveĀ aĀ reportĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ thatĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ setĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā theĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ determinedĀ forĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ report,Ā andĀ transmitĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
InĀ someĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ herein,Ā transmittingĀ theĀ grantĀ furtherĀ mayĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ transmittingĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ aĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ byĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ whenĀ operatingĀ inĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
SomeĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ transmittingĀ theĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocation.
SomeĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ selectingĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ forĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ report.
InĀ someĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ herein,Ā transmittingĀ theĀ grantĀ mayĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ transmittingĀ theĀ grantĀ toĀ identify,Ā forĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ secondĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ transmissionsĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ node,Ā andĀ transmittingĀ theĀ grantĀ toĀ identify,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereof.
InĀ someĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ herein,Ā theĀ childĀ nodeĀ includesĀ aĀ UEĀ orĀ aĀ secondĀ relayĀ node.
InĀ someĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ herein,Ā theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ includesĀ aĀ parentĀ relayĀ nodeĀ withinĀ anĀ IABĀ network.
AĀ methodĀ ofĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ atĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ isĀ described.Ā TheĀ methodĀ mayĀ includeĀ receivingĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ transmittedĀ usingĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā transmittingĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal,Ā andĀ monitoringĀ forĀ anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
AnĀ apparatusĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ atĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ isĀ described.Ā TheĀ apparatusĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ processor,Ā memoryĀ coupledĀ withĀ theĀ processor,Ā andĀ instructionsĀ storedĀ inĀ theĀ memory.Ā TheĀ instructionsĀ mayĀ beĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ toĀ receiveĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ transmittedĀ usingĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal,Ā andĀ monitorĀ forĀ anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
AnotherĀ apparatusĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ atĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ isĀ described.Ā TheĀ apparatusĀ mayĀ includeĀ meansĀ forĀ receivingĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ transmittedĀ usingĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā transmittingĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal,Ā andĀ monitoringĀ forĀ anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
AĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ storingĀ codeĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ atĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ isĀ described.Ā TheĀ codeĀ mayĀ includeĀ instructionsĀ executableĀ byĀ aĀ processorĀ toĀ receiveĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ transmittedĀ usingĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal,Ā andĀ monitorĀ forĀ anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
InĀ someĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ herein,Ā transmittingĀ theĀ grantĀ mayĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ transmittingĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ aĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ byĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ whenĀ operatingĀ inĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
SomeĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ receivingĀ theĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocation.
SomeĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ selectingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ forĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal.
InĀ someĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ herein,Ā receivingĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ mayĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ receiving,Ā forĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā andĀ receiving,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā whereĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ mayĀ beĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal.
SomeĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ receivingĀ aĀ signalĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ identifyingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
SomeĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ operations,Ā features,Ā means,Ā orĀ instructionsĀ forĀ receivingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ viaĀ aĀ firstĀ resourceĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā andĀ receivingĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ viaĀ aĀ secondĀ resourceĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
InĀ someĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā apparatuses,Ā andĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ describedĀ herein,Ā theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ includesĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ withinĀ anĀ IABĀ network.
FIG.Ā 1Ā illustratesĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aĀ systemĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ thatĀ supportsĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ integratedĀ accessĀ andĀ backhaulĀ (IAB)Ā systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplexĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.
FIG.Ā 2Ā illustratesĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ systemĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.
FIG.Ā 3Ā illustratesĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aĀ processĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.
FIG.Ā 4Ā illustratesĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aĀ processĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.
FIG.Ā 5Ā illustratesĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ systemĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.
FIG.Ā 6Ā illustratesĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ systemĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.
FIGs.Ā 7Ā andĀ 8Ā showĀ blockĀ diagramsĀ ofĀ devicesĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.
FIG.Ā 9Ā showsĀ aĀ blockĀ diagramĀ ofĀ aĀ communicationsĀ managerĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.
FIG.Ā 10Ā showsĀ aĀ diagramĀ ofĀ aĀ systemĀ includingĀ aĀ userĀ equipmentĀ (UE)Ā inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.
FIG.Ā 11Ā showsĀ aĀ diagramĀ ofĀ aĀ systemĀ includingĀ aĀ baseĀ stationĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.
FIGs.Ā 12Ā throughĀ 16Ā showĀ flowchartsĀ illustratingĀ methodsĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.
WirelessĀ communicationĀ systemsĀ mayĀ operateĀ inĀ millimeterĀ waveĀ (mmW)Ā frequencyĀ ranges,Ā e.g.,Ā 28Ā GHz,Ā 40Ā GHz,Ā 60Ā GHz,Ā etc.Ā WirelessĀ communicationsĀ atĀ theseĀ frequenciesĀ mayĀ beĀ associatedĀ withĀ increasedĀ signalĀ attenuationĀ (e.g.,Ā pathĀ loss)Ā ,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ influencedĀ byĀ variousĀ factors,Ā suchĀ asĀ temperature,Ā barometricĀ pressure,Ā diffraction,Ā etc.Ā AsĀ aĀ result,Ā signalĀ processingĀ techniques,Ā suchĀ asĀ beamforming,Ā mayĀ beĀ usedĀ toĀ coherentlyĀ combineĀ energyĀ andĀ overcomeĀ theĀ pathĀ lossesĀ atĀ theseĀ frequencies.Ā DueĀ toĀ theĀ increasedĀ amountĀ ofĀ pathĀ lossĀ inĀ mmWĀ communicationĀ systems,Ā transmissionsĀ fromĀ theĀ baseĀ stationĀ and/orĀ theĀ userĀ equipmentĀ (UE)Ā mayĀ beĀ beamformed,Ā e.g.,Ā usingĀ aĀ transmitĀ beam.Ā Moreover,Ā aĀ receivingĀ deviceĀ mayĀ useĀ beamformingĀ techniquesĀ toĀ configureĀ antennaĀ (s)Ā and/orĀ antennaĀ arrayĀ (s)Ā suchĀ thatĀ transmissionsĀ areĀ receivedĀ inĀ aĀ directionalĀ manner,Ā e.g.,Ā usingĀ aĀ receiveĀ beam.
SomeĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ systemsĀ mayĀ supportĀ anĀ integratedĀ accessĀ andĀ backhaulĀ (IAB)Ā networkĀ thatĀ includesĀ anĀ IABĀ donorĀ (orĀ anchor)Ā nodeĀ andĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ relayĀ nodesĀ downstreamĀ fromĀ theĀ donorĀ node.Ā InĀ someĀ aspects,Ā anĀ IABĀ networkĀ sharesĀ resourcesĀ betweenĀ accessĀ andĀ backhaulĀ links.Ā Generally,Ā theĀ IABĀ donorĀ nodeĀ (whichĀ mayĀ alsoĀ beĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ anĀ anchorĀ node)Ā isĀ anĀ accessĀ nodeĀ havingĀ aĀ wirelineĀ connectionĀ toĀ theĀ coreĀ network.Ā TheĀ donorĀ nodeĀ mayĀ haveĀ aĀ centralĀ unitĀ (CU)Ā functionĀ thatĀ isĀ aĀ centralĀ entityĀ thatĀ controlsĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ configuresĀ resourcesĀ withinĀ theĀ IABĀ network.Ā TheĀ donorĀ nodeĀ mayĀ alsoĀ haveĀ aĀ distributedĀ unitĀ (DU)Ā functionĀ thatĀ servesĀ asĀ aĀ schedulingĀ nodeĀ toĀ scheduleĀ childĀ nodesĀ (e.g.,Ā UEs)Ā ofĀ theĀ IABĀ donorĀ node.Ā DownstreamĀ fromĀ theĀ IABĀ donorĀ nodeĀ mayĀ includeĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ IABĀ nodesĀ (alsoĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ parentĀ nodes,Ā relayĀ nodes,Ā and/orĀ childĀ nodes,Ā dependingĀ uponĀ whereĀ theĀ nodeĀ isĀ withinĀ theĀ IABĀ network)Ā withinĀ theĀ IABĀ network,Ā withĀ eachĀ relayĀ nodeĀ constitutingĀ aĀ hopĀ withinĀ theĀ IABĀ network.
EachĀ IABĀ nodeĀ mayĀ relayĀ trafficĀ fromĀ aĀ donorĀ nodeĀ throughĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ hopsĀ (e.g.,Ā relayĀ nodes)Ā .Ā InĀ oneĀ example,Ā eachĀ IABĀ nodeĀ mayĀ haveĀ theĀ DUĀ functionĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ firstĀ communicationĀ linkĀ interface)Ā andĀ aĀ mobileĀ terminationĀ (MT)Ā functionĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ secondĀ communicationĀ linkĀ interface)Ā .Ā TheĀ DUĀ functionĀ ofĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ actĀ asĀ aĀ schedulingĀ nodeĀ thatĀ schedulesĀ childĀ nodesĀ ofĀ thisĀ particularĀ relayĀ node,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ aĀ UEĀ and/orĀ aĀ downstreamĀ childĀ nodeĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ UEĀ and/orĀ aĀ baseĀ stationĀ withinĀ theĀ IABĀ network)Ā .Ā TheĀ MTĀ functionĀ mayĀ serveĀ asĀ aĀ scheduledĀ nodeĀ similarĀ toĀ aĀ UEĀ thatĀ isĀ scheduledĀ byĀ itsĀ parentĀ node.Ā InĀ thisĀ context,Ā theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ mayĀ beĀ aĀ donorĀ nodeĀ (e.g.,Ā anĀ anchorĀ node)Ā orĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ IABĀ networkĀ (e.g.,Ā anĀ upstreamĀ wirelessĀ nodeĀ fromĀ theĀ perspectiveĀ ofĀ theĀ relayĀ node)Ā .Ā Similarly,Ā aĀ childĀ nodeĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ downstreamĀ relayĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ IABĀ networkĀ fromĀ theĀ perspectiveĀ ofĀ anĀ upstreamĀ donorĀ nodeĀ orĀ parentĀ node.
AspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ disclosureĀ areĀ initiallyĀ describedĀ inĀ theĀ contextĀ ofĀ aĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ system.Ā TheĀ describedĀ techniquesĀ relateĀ toĀ improvedĀ methods,Ā systems,Ā devices,Ā andĀ apparatusesĀ thatĀ supportĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplex.Ā Generally,Ā theĀ describedĀ techniquesĀ provideĀ forĀ variousĀ techniquesĀ toĀ supportĀ beamformĀ directionĀ selection,Ā forĀ downlinkĀ andĀ uplink,Ā inĀ anĀ IABĀ networkĀ thatĀ isĀ configuredĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ supportsĀ bothĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ andĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communications.Ā InĀ theĀ downlink,Ā thisĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ identifyingĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ determiningĀ theĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ itsĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node.Ā TheĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ determineĀ theĀ channelĀ statusĀ based,Ā atĀ leastĀ inĀ someĀ aspects,Ā onĀ aĀ (orĀ pluralityĀ of)Ā downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ childĀ nodes.Ā TheĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ transmitĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ provideĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ thatĀ indicatesĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ orĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ and,Ā inĀ someĀ aspects,Ā indicatesĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ correspondingĀ toĀ theĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ status.
TheĀ parentĀ nodeĀ mayĀ receiveĀ theĀ reportĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ respondĀ withĀ theĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ first)Ā downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ report.Ā TheĀ grantĀ mayĀ alsoĀ carryĀ orĀ conveyĀ anĀ indicationĀ ofĀ resourcesĀ correspondingĀ toĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ asĀ wellĀ asĀ forĀ aĀ full-duplexĀ mode.Ā TheĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ andĀ receiveĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
InĀ theĀ uplink,Ā theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ identifyĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ itsĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ based,Ā atĀ leastĀ inĀ someĀ aspects,Ā onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ itsĀ childĀ nodeĀ (s)Ā .Ā TheĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ thenĀ transmitĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ conveyĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalsĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā e.g.,Ā basedĀ onĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses.Ā TheĀ parentĀ nodeĀ mayĀ useĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalsĀ toĀ identifyĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ determineĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions.Ā Accordingly,Ā theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ mayĀ transmitĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ conveyĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ asĀ wellĀ asĀ theĀ resourcesĀ forĀ uplinkĀ communicationsĀ usingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.Ā TheĀ parentĀ nodeĀ mayĀ thenĀ monitorĀ forĀ andĀ receiveĀ anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.Ā TheĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ concurrentlyĀ receiveĀ anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ itsĀ childĀ nodeĀ (s)Ā usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ resourcesĀ indicatedĀ inĀ theĀ grant.
AspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ disclosureĀ areĀ furtherĀ illustratedĀ byĀ andĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ apparatusĀ diagrams,Ā systemĀ diagrams,Ā andĀ flowchartsĀ thatĀ relateĀ toĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplex.
FIG.Ā 1Ā illustratesĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ system Ā 100Ā thatĀ supportsĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplexĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā TheĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ system Ā 100Ā includesĀ baseĀ stations Ā 105,Ā UEs Ā 115,Ā andĀ aĀ coreĀ network Ā 130.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ system Ā 100Ā mayĀ beĀ aĀ LongĀ TermĀ EvolutionĀ (LTE)Ā network,Ā anĀ LTE-AdvancedĀ (LTE-A)Ā network,Ā anĀ LTE-AĀ ProĀ network,Ā orĀ aĀ NewĀ RadioĀ (NR)Ā network.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā wirelessĀ communicationsĀ system Ā 100Ā mayĀ supportĀ enhancedĀ broadbandĀ communications,Ā ultra-reliableĀ (e.g.,Ā missionĀ critical)Ā communications,Ā lowĀ latencyĀ communications,Ā orĀ communicationsĀ withĀ low-costĀ andĀ low-complexityĀ devices.
EachĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā mayĀ beĀ associatedĀ withĀ aĀ particularĀ geographicĀ coverageĀ area Ā 110Ā inĀ whichĀ communicationsĀ withĀ variousĀ UEs Ā 115Ā isĀ supported.Ā EachĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā mayĀ provideĀ communicationĀ coverageĀ forĀ aĀ respectiveĀ geographicĀ coverageĀ area Ā 110Ā viaĀ communicationĀ links Ā 125,Ā andĀ communicationĀ links Ā 125Ā betweenĀ aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā andĀ aĀ UE Ā 115Ā mayĀ utilizeĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ carriers.Ā CommunicationĀ links Ā 125Ā shownĀ inĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ system Ā 100Ā mayĀ includeĀ uplinkĀ transmissionsĀ fromĀ aĀ UE Ā 115Ā toĀ aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105,Ā orĀ downlinkĀ transmissionsĀ fromĀ aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā toĀ aĀ UE Ā 115.Ā DownlinkĀ transmissionsĀ mayĀ alsoĀ beĀ calledĀ forwardĀ linkĀ transmissionsĀ whileĀ uplinkĀ transmissionsĀ mayĀ alsoĀ beĀ calledĀ reverseĀ linkĀ transmissions.
TheĀ geographicĀ coverageĀ area Ā 110Ā forĀ aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā mayĀ beĀ dividedĀ intoĀ sectorsĀ makingĀ upĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ geographicĀ coverageĀ area Ā 110,Ā andĀ eachĀ sectorĀ mayĀ beĀ associatedĀ withĀ aĀ cell.Ā ForĀ example,Ā eachĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā mayĀ provideĀ communicationĀ coverageĀ forĀ aĀ macroĀ cell,Ā aĀ smallĀ cell,Ā aĀ hotĀ spot,Ā orĀ otherĀ typesĀ ofĀ cells,Ā orĀ variousĀ combinationsĀ thereof.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā mayĀ beĀ movableĀ andĀ thereforeĀ provideĀ communicationĀ coverageĀ forĀ aĀ movingĀ geographicĀ coverageĀ area Ā 110.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā differentĀ geographicĀ coverageĀ areas Ā 110Ā associatedĀ withĀ differentĀ technologiesĀ mayĀ overlap,Ā andĀ overlappingĀ geographicĀ coverageĀ areas Ā 110Ā associatedĀ withĀ differentĀ technologiesĀ mayĀ beĀ supportedĀ byĀ theĀ sameĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā orĀ byĀ differentĀ baseĀ stations Ā 105.Ā TheĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ system Ā 100Ā mayĀ include,Ā forĀ example,Ā aĀ heterogeneousĀ LTE/LTE-A/LTE-AĀ ProĀ orĀ NRĀ networkĀ inĀ whichĀ differentĀ typesĀ ofĀ baseĀ stations Ā 105Ā provideĀ coverageĀ forĀ variousĀ geographicĀ coverageĀ areas Ā 110.
TheĀ termĀ ācellāĀ refersĀ toĀ aĀ logicalĀ communicationĀ entityĀ usedĀ forĀ communicationĀ withĀ aĀ baseĀ stationĀ 105Ā (e.g.,Ā overĀ aĀ carrier)Ā ,Ā andĀ mayĀ beĀ associatedĀ withĀ anĀ identifierĀ forĀ distinguishingĀ neighboringĀ cellsĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ physicalĀ cellĀ identifierĀ (PCID)Ā ,Ā aĀ virtualĀ cellĀ identifierĀ (VCID)Ā )Ā operatingĀ viaĀ theĀ sameĀ orĀ aĀ differentĀ carrier.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aĀ carrierĀ mayĀ supportĀ multipleĀ cells,Ā andĀ differentĀ cellsĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ accordingĀ toĀ differentĀ protocolĀ typesĀ (e.g.,Ā machine-typeĀ communicationĀ (MTC)Ā ,Ā narrowbandĀ Internet-of-ThingsĀ (NB-IoT)Ā ,Ā enhancedĀ mobileĀ broadbandĀ (eMBB)Ā ,Ā orĀ others)Ā thatĀ mayĀ provideĀ accessĀ forĀ differentĀ typesĀ ofĀ devices.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ termĀ ācellāĀ mayĀ referĀ toĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ aĀ geographicĀ coverageĀ areaĀ 110Ā (e.g.,Ā aĀ sector)Ā overĀ whichĀ theĀ logicalĀ entityĀ operates.
SomeĀ UEs Ā 115,Ā suchĀ asĀ MTCĀ orĀ IoTĀ devices,Ā mayĀ beĀ lowĀ costĀ orĀ lowĀ complexityĀ devices,Ā andĀ mayĀ provideĀ forĀ automatedĀ communicationĀ betweenĀ machinesĀ (e.g.,Ā viaĀ Machine-to-MachineĀ (M2M)Ā communication)Ā .Ā M2MĀ communicationĀ orĀ MTCĀ mayĀ referĀ toĀ dataĀ communicationĀ technologiesĀ thatĀ allowĀ devicesĀ toĀ communicateĀ withĀ oneĀ anotherĀ orĀ aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā withoutĀ humanĀ intervention.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā M2MĀ communicationĀ orĀ MTCĀ mayĀ includeĀ communicationsĀ fromĀ devicesĀ thatĀ integrateĀ sensorsĀ orĀ metersĀ toĀ measureĀ orĀ captureĀ informationĀ andĀ relayĀ thatĀ informationĀ toĀ aĀ centralĀ serverĀ orĀ applicationĀ programĀ thatĀ canĀ makeĀ useĀ ofĀ theĀ informationĀ orĀ presentĀ theĀ informationĀ toĀ humansĀ interactingĀ withĀ theĀ programĀ orĀ application.Ā SomeĀ UEs Ā 115Ā mayĀ beĀ designedĀ toĀ collectĀ informationĀ orĀ enableĀ automatedĀ behaviorĀ ofĀ machines.Ā ExamplesĀ ofĀ applicationsĀ forĀ MTCĀ devicesĀ includeĀ smartĀ metering,Ā inventoryĀ monitoring,Ā waterĀ levelĀ monitoring,Ā equipmentĀ monitoring,Ā healthcareĀ monitoring,Ā wildlifeĀ monitoring,Ā weatherĀ andĀ geologicalĀ eventĀ monitoring,Ā fleetĀ managementĀ andĀ tracking,Ā remoteĀ securityĀ sensing,Ā physicalĀ accessĀ control,Ā andĀ transaction-basedĀ businessĀ charging.
SomeĀ UEs Ā 115Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ employĀ operatingĀ modesĀ thatĀ reduceĀ powerĀ consumption,Ā suchĀ asĀ half-duplexĀ communicationsĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ modeĀ thatĀ supportsĀ one-wayĀ communicationĀ viaĀ transmissionĀ orĀ reception,Ā butĀ notĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ simultaneously)Ā .Ā InĀ someĀ examplesĀ half-duplexĀ communicationsĀ mayĀ beĀ performedĀ atĀ aĀ reducedĀ peakĀ rate.Ā OtherĀ powerĀ conservationĀ techniquesĀ forĀ UEs Ā 115Ā includeĀ enteringĀ aĀ powerĀ savingĀ ādeepĀ sleepāĀ modeĀ whenĀ notĀ engagingĀ inĀ activeĀ communications,Ā orĀ operatingĀ overĀ aĀ limitedĀ bandwidthĀ (e.g.,Ā accordingĀ toĀ narrowbandĀ communications)Ā .Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā UEs Ā 115Ā mayĀ beĀ designedĀ toĀ supportĀ criticalĀ functionsĀ (e.g.,Ā missionĀ criticalĀ functions)Ā ,Ā andĀ aĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ system Ā 100Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ provideĀ ultra-reliableĀ communicationsĀ forĀ theseĀ functions.
InĀ someĀ cases,Ā aĀ UE Ā 115Ā mayĀ alsoĀ beĀ ableĀ toĀ communicateĀ directlyĀ withĀ otherĀ UEsĀ 115Ā (e.g.,Ā usingĀ aĀ peer-to-peerĀ (P2P)Ā orĀ device-to-deviceĀ (D2D)Ā protocol)Ā .Ā OneĀ orĀ moreĀ ofĀ aĀ groupĀ ofĀ UEs Ā 115Ā utilizingĀ D2DĀ communicationsĀ mayĀ beĀ withinĀ theĀ geographicĀ coverageĀ area Ā 110Ā ofĀ aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105.Ā OtherĀ UEs Ā 115Ā inĀ suchĀ aĀ groupĀ mayĀ beĀ outsideĀ theĀ geographicĀ coverageĀ area Ā 110Ā ofĀ aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105,Ā orĀ beĀ otherwiseĀ unableĀ toĀ receiveĀ transmissionsĀ fromĀ aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā groupsĀ ofUEsĀ 115Ā communicatingĀ viaĀ D2DĀ communicationsĀ mayĀ utilizeĀ aĀ one-to-manyĀ (1Ā :Ā M)Ā systemĀ inĀ whichĀ eachĀ UE Ā 115Ā transmitsĀ toĀ everyĀ otherĀ UE Ā 115Ā inĀ theĀ group.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā facilitatesĀ theĀ schedulingĀ ofĀ resourcesĀ forĀ D2DĀ communications.Ā InĀ otherĀ cases,Ā D2DĀ communicationsĀ areĀ carriedĀ outĀ betweenĀ UEs Ā 115Ā withoutĀ theĀ involvementĀ ofĀ aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105.
TheĀ coreĀ network Ā 130Ā mayĀ provideĀ userĀ authentication,Ā accessĀ authorization,Ā tracking,Ā InternetĀ ProtocolĀ (IP)Ā connectivity,Ā andĀ otherĀ access,Ā routing,Ā orĀ mobilityĀ functions.Ā TheĀ coreĀ network Ā 130Ā mayĀ beĀ anĀ evolvedĀ packetĀ coreĀ (EPC)Ā ,Ā whichĀ mayĀ includeĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ mobilityĀ managementĀ entityĀ (MME)Ā ,Ā atĀ leastĀ oneĀ servingĀ gatewayĀ (S-GW)Ā ,Ā andĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ PacketĀ DataĀ NetworkĀ (PDN)Ā gatewayĀ (P-GW)Ā .Ā TheĀ MMEĀ mayĀ manageĀ non-accessĀ stratumĀ (e.g.,Ā controlĀ plane)Ā functionsĀ suchĀ asĀ mobility,Ā authentication,Ā andĀ bearerĀ managementĀ forĀ UEs Ā 115Ā servedĀ byĀ baseĀ stations Ā 105Ā associatedĀ withĀ theĀ EPC.Ā UserĀ IPĀ packetsĀ mayĀ beĀ transferredĀ throughĀ theĀ S-GW,Ā whichĀ itselfĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ P-GW.Ā TheĀ P-GWĀ mayĀ provideĀ IPĀ addressĀ allocationĀ asĀ wellĀ asĀ otherĀ functions.Ā TheĀ P-GWĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ networkĀ operatorsĀ IPĀ services.Ā TheĀ operatorsĀ IPĀ servicesĀ mayĀ includeĀ accessĀ toĀ theĀ Internet,Ā IntranetĀ (s)Ā ,Ā anĀ IPĀ MultimediaĀ SubsystemĀ (IMS)Ā ,Ā orĀ aĀ Packet-SwitchedĀ (PS)Ā StreamingĀ Service.
AtĀ leastĀ someĀ ofĀ theĀ networkĀ devices,Ā suchĀ asĀ aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105,Ā mayĀ includeĀ subcomponentsĀ suchĀ asĀ anĀ accessĀ networkĀ entity,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ anĀ accessĀ nodeĀ controllerĀ (ANC)Ā .Ā EachĀ accessĀ networkĀ entityĀ mayĀ communicateĀ withĀ UEs Ā 115Ā throughĀ aĀ numberĀ ofĀ otherĀ accessĀ networkĀ transmissionĀ entities,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ aĀ radioĀ head,Ā aĀ smartĀ radioĀ head,Ā orĀ aĀ transmission/receptionĀ pointĀ (TRP)Ā .Ā InĀ someĀ configurations,Ā variousĀ functionsĀ ofĀ eachĀ accessĀ networkĀ entityĀ orĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā mayĀ beĀ distributedĀ acrossĀ variousĀ networkĀ devicesĀ (e.g.,Ā radioĀ headsĀ andĀ accessĀ networkĀ controllers)Ā orĀ consolidatedĀ intoĀ aĀ singleĀ networkĀ deviceĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ baseĀ stationĀ 105)Ā .
InĀ someĀ cases,Ā wirelessĀ communicationsĀ system Ā 100Ā mayĀ utilizeĀ bothĀ licensedĀ andĀ unlicensedĀ radioĀ frequencyĀ spectrumĀ bands.Ā ForĀ example,Ā wirelessĀ communicationsĀ system Ā 100Ā mayĀ employĀ LicenseĀ AssistedĀ AccessĀ (LAA)Ā ,Ā LTE-UnlicensedĀ (LTE-U)Ā radioĀ accessĀ technology,Ā orĀ NRĀ technologyĀ inĀ anĀ unlicensedĀ bandĀ suchĀ asĀ theĀ 5Ā GHzĀ ISMĀ band.Ā WhenĀ operatingĀ inĀ unlicensedĀ radioĀ frequencyĀ spectrumĀ bands,Ā wirelessĀ devicesĀ suchĀ asĀ baseĀ stations Ā 105Ā andĀ UEs Ā 115Ā mayĀ employĀ listen-before-talkĀ (LBT)Ā proceduresĀ toĀ ensureĀ aĀ frequencyĀ channelĀ isĀ clearĀ beforeĀ transmittingĀ data.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā operationsĀ inĀ unlicensedĀ bandsĀ mayĀ beĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ carrierĀ aggregationĀ configurationĀ inĀ conjunctionĀ withĀ componentĀ carriersĀ operatingĀ inĀ aĀ licensedĀ bandĀ (e.g.,Ā LAA)Ā .Ā OperationsĀ inĀ unlicensedĀ spectrumĀ mayĀ includeĀ downlinkĀ transmissions,Ā uplinkĀ transmissions,Ā peer-to-peerĀ transmissions,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ ofĀ these.Ā DuplexingĀ inĀ unlicensedĀ spectrumĀ mayĀ beĀ basedĀ onĀ frequencyĀ divisionĀ duplexingĀ (FDD)Ā ,Ā timeĀ divisionĀ duplexingĀ (TDD)Ā ,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ ofĀ both.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā baseĀ station Ā 105Ā orĀ UE Ā 115Ā mayĀ beĀ equippedĀ withĀ multipleĀ antennas,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ usedĀ toĀ employĀ techniquesĀ suchĀ asĀ transmitĀ diversity,Ā receiveĀ diversity,Ā multiple-inputĀ multiple-outputĀ (MIMO)Ā communications,Ā orĀ beamforming.Ā ForĀ example,Ā wirelessĀ communicationsĀ system Ā 100Ā mayĀ useĀ aĀ transmissionĀ schemeĀ betweenĀ aĀ transmittingĀ deviceĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ baseĀ stationĀ 105)Ā andĀ aĀ receivingĀ deviceĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ UEĀ 115)Ā ,Ā whereĀ theĀ transmittingĀ deviceĀ isĀ equippedĀ withĀ multipleĀ antennasĀ andĀ theĀ receivingĀ deviceĀ isĀ equippedĀ withĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ antennas.Ā MIMOĀ communicationsĀ mayĀ employĀ multipathĀ signalĀ propagationĀ toĀ increaseĀ theĀ spectralĀ efficiencyĀ byĀ transmittingĀ orĀ receivingĀ multipleĀ signalsĀ viaĀ differentĀ spatialĀ layers,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ spatialĀ multiplexing.Ā TheĀ multipleĀ signalsĀ may,Ā forĀ example,Ā beĀ transmittedĀ byĀ theĀ transmittingĀ deviceĀ viaĀ differentĀ antennasĀ orĀ differentĀ combinationsĀ ofĀ antennas.Ā Likewise,Ā theĀ multipleĀ signalsĀ mayĀ beĀ receivedĀ byĀ theĀ receivingĀ deviceĀ viaĀ differentĀ antennasĀ orĀ differentĀ combinationsĀ ofĀ antennas.Ā EachĀ ofĀ theĀ multipleĀ signalsĀ mayĀ beĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ aĀ separateĀ spatialĀ stream,Ā andĀ mayĀ carryĀ bitsĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ sameĀ dataĀ streamĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ sameĀ codeword)Ā orĀ differentĀ dataĀ streams.Ā DifferentĀ spatialĀ layersĀ mayĀ beĀ associatedĀ withĀ differentĀ antennaĀ portsĀ usedĀ forĀ channelĀ measurementĀ andĀ reporting.Ā MIMOĀ techniquesĀ includeĀ single-userĀ MIMOĀ (SU-MIMO)Ā whereĀ multipleĀ spatialĀ layersĀ areĀ transmittedĀ toĀ theĀ sameĀ receivingĀ device,Ā andĀ multiple-userĀ MIMOĀ (MU-MIMO)Ā whereĀ multipleĀ spatialĀ layersĀ areĀ transmittedĀ toĀ multipleĀ devices.
Beamforming,Ā whichĀ mayĀ alsoĀ beĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ spatialĀ filtering,Ā directionalĀ transmission,Ā orĀ directionalĀ reception,Ā isĀ aĀ signalĀ processingĀ techniqueĀ thatĀ mayĀ beĀ usedĀ atĀ aĀ transmittingĀ deviceĀ orĀ aĀ receivingĀ deviceĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā orĀ aĀ UEĀ 115)Ā toĀ shapeĀ orĀ steerĀ anĀ antennaĀ beamĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ transmitĀ beamĀ orĀ receiveĀ beam)Ā alongĀ aĀ spatialĀ pathĀ betweenĀ theĀ transmittingĀ deviceĀ andĀ theĀ receivingĀ device.Ā BeamformingĀ mayĀ beĀ achievedĀ byĀ combiningĀ theĀ signalsĀ communicatedĀ viaĀ antennaĀ elementsĀ ofĀ anĀ antennaĀ arrayĀ suchĀ thatĀ signalsĀ propagatingĀ atĀ particularĀ orientationsĀ withĀ respectĀ toĀ anĀ antennaĀ arrayĀ experienceĀ constructiveĀ interferenceĀ whileĀ othersĀ experienceĀ destructiveĀ interference.Ā TheĀ adjustmentĀ ofĀ signalsĀ communicatedĀ viaĀ theĀ antennaĀ elementsĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ transmittingĀ deviceĀ orĀ aĀ receivingĀ deviceĀ applyingĀ certainĀ amplitudeĀ andĀ phaseĀ offsetsĀ toĀ signalsĀ carriedĀ viaĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ antennaĀ elementsĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ device.Ā TheĀ adjustmentsĀ associatedĀ withĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ antennaĀ elementsĀ mayĀ beĀ definedĀ byĀ aĀ beamformingĀ weightĀ setĀ associatedĀ withĀ aĀ particularĀ orientationĀ (e.g.,Ā withĀ respectĀ toĀ theĀ antennaĀ arrayĀ ofĀ theĀ transmittingĀ deviceĀ orĀ receivingĀ device,Ā orĀ withĀ respectĀ toĀ someĀ otherĀ orientation)Ā .
InĀ oneĀ example,Ā aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā mayĀ useĀ multipleĀ antennasĀ orĀ antennaĀ arraysĀ toĀ conductĀ beamformingĀ operationsĀ forĀ directionalĀ communicationsĀ withĀ aĀ UE Ā 115.Ā ForĀ instance,Ā someĀ signalsĀ (e.g.Ā synchronizationĀ signals,Ā referenceĀ signals,Ā beamĀ selectionĀ signals,Ā orĀ otherĀ controlĀ signals)Ā mayĀ beĀ transmittedĀ byĀ aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā multipleĀ timesĀ inĀ differentĀ directions,Ā whichĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ signalĀ beingĀ transmittedĀ accordingĀ toĀ differentĀ beamformingĀ weightĀ setsĀ associatedĀ withĀ differentĀ directionsĀ ofĀ transmission.Ā TransmissionsĀ inĀ differentĀ beamĀ directionsĀ mayĀ beĀ usedĀ toĀ identifyĀ (e.g.,Ā byĀ theĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā orĀ aĀ receivingĀ device,Ā suchĀ asĀ aĀ UEĀ 115)Ā aĀ beamĀ directionĀ forĀ subsequentĀ transmissionĀ and/orĀ receptionĀ byĀ theĀ baseĀ station Ā 105.
SomeĀ signals,Ā suchĀ asĀ dataĀ signalsĀ associatedĀ withĀ aĀ particularĀ receivingĀ device,Ā mayĀ beĀ transmittedĀ byĀ aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā inĀ aĀ singleĀ beamĀ directionĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ directionĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ receivingĀ device,Ā suchĀ asĀ aĀ UEĀ 115)Ā .Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ beamĀ directionĀ associatedĀ withĀ transmissionsĀ alongĀ aĀ singleĀ beamĀ directionĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ aĀ signalĀ thatĀ wasĀ transmittedĀ inĀ differentĀ beamĀ directions.Ā ForĀ example,Ā aĀ UE Ā 115Ā mayĀ receiveĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ ofĀ theĀ signalsĀ transmittedĀ byĀ theĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā inĀ differentĀ directions,Ā andĀ theĀ UE Ā 115Ā mayĀ reportĀ toĀ theĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā anĀ indicationĀ ofĀ theĀ signalĀ itĀ receivedĀ withĀ aĀ highestĀ signalĀ quality,Ā orĀ anĀ otherwiseĀ acceptableĀ signalĀ quality.Ā AlthoughĀ theseĀ techniquesĀ areĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ signalsĀ transmittedĀ inĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ directionsĀ byĀ aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105,Ā aĀ UE Ā 115Ā mayĀ employĀ similarĀ techniquesĀ forĀ transmittingĀ signalsĀ multipleĀ timesĀ inĀ differentĀ directionsĀ (e.g.,Ā forĀ identifyingĀ aĀ beamĀ directionĀ forĀ subsequentĀ transmissionĀ orĀ receptionĀ byĀ theĀ UEĀ 115)Ā ,Ā orĀ transmittingĀ aĀ signalĀ inĀ aĀ singleĀ directionĀ (e.g.,Ā forĀ transmittingĀ dataĀ toĀ aĀ receivingĀ device)Ā .
AĀ receivingĀ deviceĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ UE Ā 115,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aĀ mmWĀ receivingĀ device)Ā mayĀ tryĀ multipleĀ receiveĀ beamsĀ whenĀ receivingĀ variousĀ signalsĀ fromĀ theĀ baseĀ station Ā 105,Ā suchĀ asĀ synchronizationĀ signals,Ā referenceĀ signals,Ā beamĀ selectionĀ signals,Ā orĀ otherĀ controlĀ signals.Ā ForĀ example,Ā aĀ receivingĀ deviceĀ mayĀ tryĀ multipleĀ receiveĀ directionsĀ byĀ receivingĀ viaĀ differentĀ antennaĀ subarrays,Ā byĀ processingĀ receivedĀ signalsĀ accordingĀ toĀ differentĀ antennaĀ subarrays,Ā byĀ receivingĀ accordingĀ toĀ differentĀ receiveĀ beamformingĀ weightĀ setsĀ appliedĀ toĀ signalsĀ receivedĀ atĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ antennaĀ elementsĀ ofĀ anĀ antennaĀ array,Ā orĀ byĀ processingĀ receivedĀ signalsĀ accordingĀ toĀ differentĀ receiveĀ beamformingĀ weightĀ setsĀ appliedĀ toĀ signalsĀ receivedĀ atĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ antennaĀ elementsĀ ofĀ anĀ antennaĀ array,Ā anyĀ ofĀ whichĀ mayĀ beĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ ālisteningāĀ accordingĀ toĀ differentĀ receiveĀ beamsĀ orĀ receiveĀ directions.Ā InĀ someĀ examplesĀ aĀ receivingĀ deviceĀ mayĀ useĀ aĀ singleĀ receiveĀ beamĀ toĀ receiveĀ alongĀ aĀ singleĀ beamĀ directionĀ (e.g.,Ā whenĀ receivingĀ aĀ dataĀ signal)Ā .Ā TheĀ singleĀ receiveĀ beamĀ mayĀ beĀ alignedĀ inĀ aĀ beamĀ directionĀ determinedĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ listeningĀ accordingĀ toĀ differentĀ receiveĀ beamĀ directionsĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ beamĀ directionĀ determinedĀ toĀ haveĀ aĀ highestĀ signalĀ strength,Ā highestĀ signal-to-noiseĀ ratio,Ā orĀ otherwiseĀ acceptableĀ signalĀ qualityĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ listeningĀ accordingĀ toĀ multipleĀ beamĀ directions)Ā .
InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ antennasĀ ofĀ aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā orĀ UE Ā 115Ā mayĀ beĀ locatedĀ withinĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ antennaĀ arrays,Ā whichĀ mayĀ supportĀ MIMOĀ operations,Ā orĀ transmitĀ orĀ receiveĀ beamforming.Ā ForĀ example,Ā oneĀ orĀ moreĀ baseĀ stationĀ antennasĀ orĀ antennaĀ arraysĀ mayĀ beĀ co-locatedĀ atĀ anĀ antennaĀ assembly,Ā suchĀ asĀ anĀ antennaĀ tower.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā antennasĀ orĀ antennaĀ arraysĀ associatedĀ withĀ aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā mayĀ beĀ locatedĀ inĀ diverseĀ geographicĀ locations.Ā AĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā mayĀ haveĀ anĀ antennaĀ arrayĀ withĀ aĀ numberĀ ofĀ rowsĀ andĀ columnsĀ ofĀ antennaĀ portsĀ thatĀ theĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā mayĀ useĀ toĀ supportĀ beamformingĀ ofĀ communicationsĀ withĀ aĀ UE Ā 115.Ā Likewise,Ā aĀ UE Ā 115Ā mayĀ haveĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ antennaĀ arraysĀ thatĀ mayĀ supportĀ variousĀ MIMOĀ orĀ beamformingĀ operations.
InĀ someĀ cases,Ā wirelessĀ communicationsĀ system Ā 100Ā mayĀ beĀ aĀ packet-basedĀ networkĀ thatĀ operateĀ accordingĀ toĀ aĀ layeredĀ protocolĀ stack.Ā InĀ theĀ userĀ plane,Ā communicationsĀ atĀ theĀ bearerĀ orĀ PacketĀ DataĀ ConvergenceĀ ProtocolĀ (PDCP)Ā layerĀ mayĀ beĀ IP-based.Ā AĀ RadioĀ LinkĀ ControlĀ (RLC)Ā layerĀ mayĀ performĀ packetĀ segmentationĀ andĀ reassemblyĀ toĀ communicateĀ overĀ logicalĀ channels.Ā AĀ MediumĀ AccessĀ ControlĀ (MAC)Ā layerĀ mayĀ performĀ priorityĀ handlingĀ andĀ multiplexingĀ ofĀ logicalĀ channelsĀ intoĀ transportĀ channels.Ā TheĀ MACĀ layerĀ mayĀ alsoĀ useĀ hybridĀ automaticĀ repeatĀ requestĀ (HARQ)Ā toĀ provideĀ retransmissionĀ atĀ theĀ MACĀ layerĀ toĀ improveĀ linkĀ efficiency.Ā InĀ theĀ controlĀ plane,Ā theĀ RadioĀ ResourceĀ ControlĀ (RRC)Ā protocolĀ layerĀ mayĀ provideĀ establishment,Ā configuration,Ā andĀ maintenanceĀ ofĀ anĀ RRCĀ connectionĀ betweenĀ aĀ UE Ā 115Ā andĀ aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā orĀ coreĀ network Ā 130Ā supportingĀ radioĀ bearersĀ forĀ userĀ planeĀ data.Ā AtĀ theĀ PhysicalĀ layer,Ā transportĀ channelsĀ mayĀ beĀ mappedĀ toĀ physicalĀ channels.
InĀ someĀ cases,Ā UEs Ā 115Ā andĀ baseĀ stations Ā 105Ā mayĀ supportĀ retransmissionsĀ ofĀ dataĀ toĀ increaseĀ theĀ likelihoodĀ thatĀ dataĀ isĀ receivedĀ successfully.Ā HARQĀ feedbackĀ isĀ oneĀ techniqueĀ ofĀ increasingĀ theĀ likelihoodĀ thatĀ dataĀ isĀ receivedĀ correctlyĀ overĀ aĀ communicationĀ link Ā 125.Ā HARQĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ combinationĀ ofĀ errorĀ detectionĀ (e.g.,Ā usingĀ aĀ cyclicĀ redundancyĀ checkĀ (CRC)Ā )Ā ,Ā forwardĀ errorĀ correctionĀ (FEC)Ā ,Ā andĀ retransmissionĀ (e.g.,Ā automaticĀ repeatĀ requestĀ (ARQ)Ā )Ā .Ā HARQĀ mayĀ improveĀ throughputĀ atĀ theĀ MACĀ layerĀ inĀ poorĀ radioĀ conditionsĀ (e.g.,Ā signal-to-noiseĀ conditions)Ā .Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā aĀ wirelessĀ deviceĀ mayĀ supportĀ same-slotĀ HARQĀ feedback,Ā whereĀ theĀ deviceĀ mayĀ provideĀ HARQĀ feedbackĀ inĀ aĀ specificĀ slotĀ forĀ dataĀ receivedĀ inĀ aĀ previousĀ symbolĀ inĀ theĀ slot.Ā InĀ otherĀ cases,Ā theĀ deviceĀ mayĀ provideĀ HARQĀ feedbackĀ inĀ aĀ subsequentĀ slot,Ā orĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ otherĀ timeĀ interval.
TimeĀ intervalsĀ inĀ LTEĀ orĀ NRĀ mayĀ beĀ expressedĀ inĀ multiplesĀ ofĀ aĀ basicĀ timeĀ unit,Ā whichĀ may,Ā forĀ example,Ā referĀ toĀ aĀ samplingĀ periodĀ ofĀ T
sĀ =Ā 1/30,720,000Ā seconds.Ā TimeĀ intervalsĀ ofĀ aĀ communicationsĀ resourceĀ mayĀ beĀ organizedĀ accordingĀ toĀ radioĀ framesĀ eachĀ havingĀ aĀ durationĀ ofĀ 10Ā millisecondsĀ (ms)Ā ,Ā whereĀ theĀ frameĀ periodĀ mayĀ beĀ expressedĀ asĀ T
fĀ =Ā 307,200Ā Ts.Ā TheĀ radioĀ framesĀ mayĀ beĀ identifiedĀ byĀ aĀ systemĀ frameĀ numberĀ (SFN)Ā rangingĀ fromĀ 0Ā toĀ 1023.Ā EachĀ frameĀ mayĀ includeĀ 10Ā subframesĀ numberedĀ fromĀ 0Ā toĀ 9,Ā andĀ eachĀ subframeĀ mayĀ haveĀ aĀ durationĀ ofĀ 1Ā ms.Ā AĀ subframeĀ mayĀ beĀ furtherĀ dividedĀ intoĀ 2Ā slotsĀ eachĀ havingĀ aĀ durationĀ ofĀ 0.5Ā ms,Ā andĀ eachĀ slotĀ mayĀ containĀ 6Ā orĀ 7Ā modulationĀ symbolĀ periodsĀ (e.g.,Ā dependingĀ onĀ theĀ lengthĀ ofĀ theĀ cyclicĀ prefixĀ prependedĀ toĀ eachĀ symbolĀ period)Ā .Ā ExcludingĀ theĀ cyclicĀ prefix,Ā eachĀ symbolĀ periodĀ mayĀ containĀ 2048Ā samplingĀ periods.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā aĀ subframeĀ mayĀ beĀ theĀ smallestĀ schedulingĀ unitĀ ofĀ theĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ system Ā 100,Ā andĀ mayĀ beĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ aĀ transmissionĀ timeĀ intervalĀ (TTI)Ā .Ā InĀ otherĀ cases,Ā aĀ smallestĀ schedulingĀ unitĀ ofĀ theĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ system Ā 100Ā mayĀ beĀ shorterĀ thanĀ aĀ subframeĀ orĀ mayĀ beĀ dynamicallyĀ selectedĀ (e.g.,Ā inĀ burstsĀ ofĀ shortenedĀ TTIsĀ (sTTIs)Ā orĀ inĀ selectedĀ componentĀ carriersĀ usingĀ sTTIs)Ā .
InĀ someĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ systems,Ā aĀ slotĀ mayĀ furtherĀ beĀ dividedĀ intoĀ multipleĀ mini-slotsĀ containingĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ symbols.Ā InĀ someĀ instances,Ā aĀ symbolĀ ofĀ aĀ mini-slotĀ orĀ aĀ mini-slotĀ mayĀ beĀ theĀ smallestĀ unitĀ ofĀ scheduling.Ā EachĀ symbolĀ mayĀ varyĀ inĀ durationĀ dependingĀ onĀ theĀ subcarrierĀ spacingĀ orĀ frequencyĀ bandĀ ofĀ operation,Ā forĀ example.Ā Further,Ā someĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ systemsĀ mayĀ implementĀ slotĀ aggregationĀ inĀ whichĀ multipleĀ slotsĀ orĀ mini-slotsĀ areĀ aggregatedĀ togetherĀ andĀ usedĀ forĀ communicationĀ betweenĀ aĀ UE Ā 115Ā andĀ aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105.
TheĀ termĀ ācarrierāĀ refersĀ toĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ radioĀ frequencyĀ spectrumĀ resourcesĀ havingĀ aĀ definedĀ physicalĀ layerĀ structureĀ forĀ supportingĀ communicationsĀ overĀ aĀ communicationĀ link Ā 125.Ā ForĀ example,Ā aĀ carrierĀ ofĀ aĀ communicationĀ link Ā 125Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ aĀ radioĀ frequencyĀ spectrumĀ bandĀ thatĀ isĀ operatedĀ accordingĀ toĀ physicalĀ layerĀ channelsĀ forĀ aĀ givenĀ radioĀ accessĀ technology.Ā EachĀ physicalĀ layerĀ channelĀ mayĀ carryĀ userĀ data,Ā controlĀ information,Ā orĀ otherĀ signaling.Ā AĀ carrierĀ mayĀ beĀ associatedĀ withĀ aĀ pre-definedĀ frequencyĀ channelĀ (e.g.,Ā anĀ evolvedĀ universalĀ mobileĀ telecommunicationĀ systemĀ terrestrialĀ radioĀ accessĀ (E-UTRA)Ā absoluteĀ radioĀ frequencyĀ channelĀ numberĀ (EARFCN)Ā )Ā ,Ā andĀ mayĀ beĀ positionedĀ accordingĀ toĀ aĀ channelĀ rasterĀ forĀ discoveryĀ byĀ UEs Ā 115.Ā CarriersĀ mayĀ beĀ downlinkĀ orĀ uplinkĀ (e.g.,Ā inĀ anĀ FDDĀ mode)Ā ,Ā orĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ carryĀ downlinkĀ andĀ uplinkĀ communicationsĀ (e.g.,Ā inĀ aĀ TDDĀ mode)Ā .Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā signalĀ waveformsĀ transmittedĀ overĀ aĀ carrierĀ mayĀ beĀ madeĀ upĀ ofĀ multipleĀ sub-carriersĀ (e.g.,Ā usingĀ multi-carrierĀ modulationĀ (MCM)Ā techniquesĀ suchĀ asĀ orthogonalĀ frequencyĀ divisionĀ multiplexingĀ (OFDM)Ā orĀ discreteĀ FourierĀ transformĀ spreadĀ OFDMĀ (DFT-S-OFDM)Ā )Ā .
TheĀ organizationalĀ structureĀ ofĀ theĀ carriersĀ mayĀ beĀ differentĀ forĀ differentĀ radioĀ accessĀ technologiesĀ (e.g.,Ā LTE,Ā LTE-A,Ā LTE-AĀ Pro,Ā NR)Ā .Ā ForĀ example,Ā communicationsĀ overĀ aĀ carrierĀ mayĀ beĀ organizedĀ accordingĀ toĀ TTIsĀ orĀ slots,Ā eachĀ ofĀ whichĀ mayĀ includeĀ userĀ dataĀ asĀ wellĀ asĀ controlĀ informationĀ orĀ signalingĀ toĀ supportĀ decodingĀ theĀ userĀ data.Ā AĀ carrierĀ mayĀ alsoĀ includeĀ dedicatedĀ acquisitionĀ signalingĀ (e.g.,Ā synchronizationĀ signalsĀ orĀ systemĀ information,Ā etc.Ā )Ā andĀ controlĀ signalingĀ thatĀ coordinatesĀ operationĀ forĀ theĀ carrier.Ā InĀ someĀ examplesĀ (e.g.,Ā inĀ aĀ carrierĀ aggregationĀ configuration)Ā ,Ā aĀ carrierĀ mayĀ alsoĀ haveĀ acquisitionĀ signalingĀ orĀ controlĀ signalingĀ thatĀ coordinatesĀ operationsĀ forĀ otherĀ carriers.
PhysicalĀ channelsĀ mayĀ beĀ multiplexedĀ onĀ aĀ carrierĀ accordingĀ toĀ variousĀ techniques.Ā AĀ physicalĀ controlĀ channelĀ andĀ aĀ physicalĀ dataĀ channelĀ mayĀ beĀ multiplexedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ carrier,Ā forĀ example,Ā usingĀ timeĀ divisionĀ multiplexingĀ (TDM)Ā techniques,Ā frequencyĀ divisionĀ multiplexingĀ (FDM)Ā techniques,Ā orĀ hybridĀ TDM-FDMĀ techniques.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā controlĀ informationĀ transmittedĀ inĀ aĀ physicalĀ controlĀ channelĀ mayĀ beĀ distributedĀ betweenĀ differentĀ controlĀ regionsĀ inĀ aĀ cascadedĀ mannerĀ (e.g.,Ā betweenĀ aĀ commonĀ controlĀ regionĀ orĀ commonĀ searchĀ spaceĀ andĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ UE-specificĀ controlĀ regionsĀ orĀ UE-specificĀ searchĀ spaces)Ā .
AĀ carrierĀ mayĀ beĀ associatedĀ withĀ aĀ particularĀ bandwidthĀ ofĀ theĀ radioĀ frequencyĀ spectrum,Ā andĀ inĀ someĀ examplesĀ theĀ carrierĀ bandwidthĀ mayĀ beĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ aĀ āsystemĀ bandwidthāĀ ofĀ theĀ carrierĀ orĀ theĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ system Ā 100.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ carrierĀ bandwidthĀ mayĀ beĀ oneĀ ofĀ aĀ numberĀ ofĀ predeterminedĀ bandwidthsĀ forĀ carriersĀ ofĀ aĀ particularĀ radioĀ accessĀ technologyĀ (e.g.,Ā 1.4,Ā 3,Ā 5,Ā 10,Ā 15,Ā 20,Ā 40,Ā orĀ 80Ā MHz)Ā .Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā eachĀ servedĀ UE Ā 115Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ forĀ operatingĀ overĀ portionsĀ orĀ allĀ ofĀ theĀ carrierĀ bandwidth.Ā InĀ otherĀ examples,Ā someĀ UEs Ā 115Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ forĀ operationĀ usingĀ aĀ narrowbandĀ protocolĀ typeĀ thatĀ isĀ associatedĀ withĀ aĀ predefinedĀ portionĀ orĀ rangeĀ (e.g.,Ā setĀ ofĀ subcarriersĀ orĀ RBs)Ā withinĀ aĀ carrierĀ (e.g.,Ā āin-bandāĀ deploymentĀ ofĀ aĀ narrowbandĀ protocolĀ type)Ā .
InĀ aĀ systemĀ employingĀ MCMĀ techniques,Ā aĀ resourceĀ elementĀ mayĀ consistĀ ofĀ oneĀ symbolĀ periodĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ durationĀ ofĀ oneĀ modulationĀ symbol)Ā andĀ oneĀ subcarrier,Ā whereĀ theĀ symbolĀ periodĀ andĀ subcarrierĀ spacingĀ areĀ inverselyĀ related.Ā TheĀ numberĀ ofĀ bitsĀ carriedĀ byĀ eachĀ resourceĀ elementĀ mayĀ dependĀ onĀ theĀ modulationĀ schemeĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ orderĀ ofĀ theĀ modulationĀ scheme)Ā .Ā Thus,Ā theĀ moreĀ resourceĀ elementsĀ thatĀ aĀ UE Ā 115Ā receivesĀ andĀ theĀ higherĀ theĀ orderĀ ofĀ theĀ modulationĀ scheme,Ā theĀ higherĀ theĀ dataĀ rateĀ mayĀ beĀ forĀ theĀ UE Ā 115.Ā InĀ MIMOĀ systems,Ā aĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ resourceĀ mayĀ referĀ toĀ aĀ combinationĀ ofĀ aĀ radioĀ frequencyĀ spectrumĀ resource,Ā aĀ timeĀ resource,Ā andĀ aĀ spatialĀ resourceĀ (e.g.,Ā spatialĀ layers)Ā ,Ā andĀ theĀ useĀ ofĀ multipleĀ spatialĀ layersĀ mayĀ furtherĀ increaseĀ theĀ dataĀ rateĀ forĀ communicationsĀ withĀ aĀ UE Ā 115.
DevicesĀ ofĀ theĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ systemĀ 100Ā (e.g.,Ā baseĀ stations Ā 105Ā orĀ UEsĀ 115)Ā mayĀ haveĀ aĀ hardwareĀ configurationĀ thatĀ supportsĀ communicationsĀ overĀ aĀ particularĀ carrierĀ bandwidth,Ā orĀ mayĀ beĀ configurableĀ toĀ supportĀ communicationsĀ overĀ oneĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ carrierĀ bandwidths.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ system Ā 100Ā mayĀ includeĀ baseĀ stations Ā 105Ā and/orĀ UEs Ā 115Ā thatĀ supportĀ simultaneousĀ communicationsĀ viaĀ carriersĀ associatedĀ withĀ moreĀ thanĀ oneĀ differentĀ carrierĀ bandwidth.
InĀ someĀ cases,Ā wirelessĀ communicationsĀ system Ā 100Ā mayĀ utilizeĀ enhancedĀ componentĀ carriersĀ (eCCs)Ā .Ā AnĀ eCCĀ mayĀ beĀ characterizedĀ byĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ featuresĀ includingĀ widerĀ carrierĀ orĀ frequencyĀ channelĀ bandwidth,Ā shorterĀ symbolĀ duration,Ā shorterĀ TTIĀ duration,Ā orĀ modifiedĀ controlĀ channelĀ configuration.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā anĀ eCCĀ mayĀ beĀ associatedĀ withĀ aĀ carrierĀ aggregationĀ configurationĀ orĀ aĀ dualĀ connectivityĀ configurationĀ (e.g.,Ā whenĀ multipleĀ servingĀ cellsĀ haveĀ aĀ suboptimalĀ orĀ non-idealĀ backhaulĀ link)Ā .Ā AnĀ eCCĀ mayĀ alsoĀ beĀ configuredĀ forĀ useĀ inĀ unlicensedĀ spectrumĀ orĀ sharedĀ spectrumĀ (e.g.,Ā whereĀ moreĀ thanĀ oneĀ operatorĀ isĀ allowedĀ toĀ useĀ theĀ spectrum)Ā .Ā AnĀ eCCĀ characterizedĀ byĀ wideĀ carrierĀ bandwidthĀ mayĀ includeĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ segmentsĀ thatĀ mayĀ beĀ utilizedĀ byĀ UEs Ā 115Ā thatĀ areĀ notĀ capableĀ ofĀ monitoringĀ theĀ wholeĀ carrierĀ bandwidthĀ orĀ areĀ otherwiseĀ configuredĀ toĀ useĀ aĀ limitedĀ carrierĀ bandwidthĀ (e.g.,Ā toĀ conserveĀ power)Ā .
InĀ someĀ cases,Ā anĀ eCCĀ mayĀ utilizeĀ aĀ differentĀ symbolĀ durationĀ thanĀ otherĀ componentĀ carriers,Ā whichĀ mayĀ includeĀ useĀ ofĀ aĀ reducedĀ symbolĀ durationĀ asĀ comparedĀ withĀ symbolĀ durationsĀ ofĀ theĀ otherĀ componentĀ carriers.Ā AĀ shorterĀ symbolĀ durationĀ mayĀ beĀ associatedĀ withĀ increasedĀ spacingĀ betweenĀ adjacentĀ subcarriers.Ā AĀ device,Ā suchĀ asĀ aĀ UE Ā 115Ā orĀ baseĀ station Ā 105,Ā utilizingĀ eCCsĀ mayĀ transmitĀ widebandĀ signalsĀ (e.g.,Ā accordingĀ toĀ frequencyĀ channelĀ orĀ carrierĀ bandwidthsĀ ofĀ 20,Ā 40,Ā 60,Ā 80Ā MHz,Ā etc.Ā )Ā atĀ reducedĀ symbolĀ durationsĀ (e.g.,Ā 16.67Ā microseconds)Ā .Ā AĀ TTIĀ inĀ eCCĀ mayĀ consistĀ ofĀ oneĀ orĀ multipleĀ symbolĀ periods.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ TTIĀ durationĀ (thatĀ is,Ā theĀ numberĀ ofĀ symbolĀ periodsĀ inĀ aĀ TTI)Ā mayĀ beĀ variable.
AĀ relayĀ nodeĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā and/orĀ aĀ UE Ā 115Ā actingĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ configuredĀ asĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ withinĀ anĀ IABĀ network)Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node.Ā TheĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ transmitĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ anĀ indicationĀ thatĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses.Ā TheĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directions.Ā TheĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
AĀ relayĀ nodeĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā and/orĀ aĀ UE Ā 115Ā actingĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ configuredĀ asĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ withinĀ anĀ IABĀ network)Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node.Ā TheĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ transmitĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses.Ā TheĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions.Ā TheĀ relayĀ nodeĀ mayĀ transmit,Ā viaĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction,Ā anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grant.
AĀ parentĀ nodeĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā and/orĀ aĀ UE Ā 115Ā actingĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ configuredĀ asĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ withinĀ anĀ IABĀ network)Ā mayĀ receiveĀ aĀ reportĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ thatĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ setĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā theĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ determinedĀ forĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node.Ā TheĀ parentĀ nodeĀ mayĀ transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ report.Ā TheĀ parentĀ nodeĀ mayĀ transmitĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
AĀ parentĀ nodeĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā and/orĀ aĀ UE Ā 115Ā actingĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ configuredĀ asĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ withinĀ anĀ IABĀ network)Ā mayĀ receiveĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ transmittedĀ usingĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions.Ā TheĀ parentĀ nodeĀ mayĀ transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal.Ā TheĀ parentĀ nodeĀ mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
FIG.Ā 2Ā illustratesĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ system Ā 200Ā thatĀ supportsĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplexĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā wirelessĀ communicationĀ system Ā 200Ā mayĀ implementĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ system Ā 100.Ā WirelessĀ communicationĀ system Ā 200Ā mayĀ includeĀ parentĀ node Ā 205,Ā relayĀ node Ā 210,Ā childĀ node Ā 215,Ā andĀ UE Ā 220,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ examplesĀ ofĀ correspondingĀ devicesĀ describedĀ herein.Ā MoreĀ particularly,Ā parentĀ node Ā 205,Ā relayĀ node Ā 210,Ā and/orĀ childĀ node Ā 215Ā mayĀ beĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ UEĀ (suchĀ asĀ UEĀ 220)Ā orĀ aĀ baseĀ station,Ā suchĀ asĀ describedĀ herein.Ā WirelessĀ communicationĀ system Ā 200Ā mayĀ beĀ configured,Ā atĀ leastĀ toĀ someĀ aspects,Ā asĀ anĀ IABĀ network.Ā Accordingly,Ā parentĀ node Ā 205,Ā relayĀ node Ā 210,Ā and/orĀ childĀ node Ā 215Ā mayĀ beĀ consideredĀ nodesĀ withinĀ theĀ IABĀ network.
NextĀ generationĀ (e.g.,Ā 5G)Ā wirelessĀ networksĀ areĀ expectedĀ toĀ provideĀ ultra-highĀ dataĀ ratesĀ andĀ supportĀ aĀ wideĀ scopeĀ ofĀ applicationĀ scenarios.Ā WirelessĀ fullĀ duplexĀ (FD)Ā communicationsĀ mayĀ doubleĀ theĀ linkĀ capacityĀ andĀ supportĀ radioĀ networkĀ nodesĀ transmittingĀ andĀ receivingĀ simultaneouslyĀ onĀ theĀ sameĀ frequencyĀ bandĀ andĀ atĀ theĀ sameĀ timeĀ slot.Ā ThisĀ contrastsĀ withĀ halfĀ duplexĀ operationsĀ whereĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ eitherĀ differĀ inĀ timeĀ orĀ inĀ frequency.
InĀ someĀ cases,Ā anĀ IABĀ systemĀ (suchĀ asĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ systemĀ 200)Ā mayĀ includeĀ anĀ IAB-donorĀ (e.g.,Ā parentĀ node Ā 205,Ā inĀ someĀ examples)Ā ,Ā anĀ IABĀ nodeĀ (e.g.,Ā relayĀ node Ā 210Ā and/orĀ childĀ nodeĀ 215)Ā andĀ UEĀ (e.g.,Ā UEĀ 220)Ā .Ā MultipleĀ IABĀ nodesĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ inĀ lineĀ toĀ improveĀ coverage,Ā whereĀ forĀ aĀ certainĀ IABĀ node,Ā theĀ nodeĀ closerĀ toĀ theĀ IABĀ donorĀ (e.g.,Ā anĀ upstreamĀ node)Ā isĀ calledĀ asĀ itsĀ parentĀ node,Ā andĀ theĀ oneĀ onĀ theĀ otherĀ sideĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ downstreamĀ node)Ā isĀ calledĀ asĀ itsĀ childĀ node.Ā Thus,Ā parentĀ node Ā 205Ā mayĀ beĀ closerĀ toĀ aĀ donorĀ nodeĀ orĀ anchorĀ nodeĀ thanĀ relayĀ node Ā 210Ā and/orĀ childĀ node Ā 215.Ā ParentĀ node Ā 205Ā mayĀ beĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ withĀ respectĀ toĀ relayĀ node Ā 210Ā andĀ aĀ grandparentĀ nodeĀ withĀ respectĀ toĀ childĀ node Ā 215.Ā InĀ someĀ aspects,Ā parentĀ node Ā 205Ā mayĀ beĀ aĀ donorĀ nodeĀ orĀ mayĀ simplyĀ beĀ anĀ upstreamĀ relayĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ IABĀ networkĀ fromĀ theĀ perspectiveĀ ofĀ relayĀ node Ā 210Ā and/orĀ childĀ node Ā 215.Ā RelayĀ node Ā 210Ā mayĀ beĀ consideredĀ aĀ childĀ nodeĀ fromĀ theĀ perspectiveĀ ofĀ parentĀ node Ā 205Ā andĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ fromĀ theĀ perspectiveĀ ofĀ childĀ node Ā 215.
ForĀ aĀ certainĀ IABĀ nodeĀ (e.g.,Ā relayĀ nodeĀ 210)Ā ,Ā thereĀ mayĀ beĀ sixĀ kindsĀ orĀ typesĀ ofĀ links:Ā aĀ downlinkĀ (DL)Ā parentĀ backhaulĀ (BH)Ā linkĀ andĀ anĀ uplinkĀ (UL)Ā parentĀ BHĀ linkĀ withĀ itsĀ parentĀ node,Ā aĀ DLĀ childĀ BHĀ linkĀ andĀ anĀ ULĀ childĀ BHĀ linkĀ withĀ itsĀ childĀ node,Ā andĀ aĀ DLĀ accessĀ linkĀ andĀ ULĀ accessĀ linkĀ withĀ itsĀ servedĀ UE.Ā Accordingly,Ā relayĀ node Ā 210Ā mayĀ haveĀ DLĀ andĀ ULĀ parentĀ BHĀ linksĀ withĀ parentĀ node Ā 205,Ā DLĀ andĀ ULĀ childĀ BHĀ linksĀ withĀ childĀ node Ā 215,Ā andĀ DLĀ andĀ ULĀ accessĀ linksĀ withĀ UE Ā 220.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā relayĀ node Ā 210Ā mayĀ alsoĀ haveĀ DLĀ andĀ ULĀ accessĀ linksĀ withĀ childĀ node Ā 215Ā forĀ accessĀ communications,Ā e.g.,Ā similarĀ toĀ theĀ DLĀ andĀ ULĀ accessĀ linksĀ withĀ UE Ā 220.
InĀ aĀ legacyĀ IABĀ systemĀ withoutĀ fullĀ duplex,Ā forĀ anĀ IABĀ node,Ā itsĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ cannotĀ beĀ performedĀ concurrently.Ā AmongĀ itsĀ sixĀ kindsĀ ofĀ linksĀ (e.g.,Ā fromĀ theĀ perspectiveĀ ofĀ relayĀ nodeĀ 210)Ā ,Ā theĀ DLĀ parentĀ BH,Ā ULĀ childĀ BHĀ andĀ ULĀ accessĀ linksĀ areĀ receptionĀ links,Ā whileĀ theĀ ULĀ parentĀ BH,Ā DLĀ childĀ BHĀ andĀ DLĀ accessĀ linksĀ areĀ transmissionĀ links.Ā AnyĀ receptionĀ linkĀ andĀ anyĀ transmissionĀ linkĀ cannotĀ haveĀ dataĀ transferĀ concurrentlyĀ inĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ ofĀ operations.Ā WhenĀ theĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ trafficĀ areĀ static,Ā theĀ patternĀ forĀ non-concurrentĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ timeĀ slotsĀ canĀ beĀ basedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ proportionĀ ofĀ transmissionĀ trafficĀ andĀ receptionĀ traffic.Ā However,Ā whenĀ theĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ trafficĀ areĀ dynamic,Ā orĀ someĀ urgentĀ trafficĀ occursĀ inĀ anĀ inverse-directionĀ timeĀ slot,Ā suchĀ non-concurrentĀ transmission-receptionĀ patternĀ cannotĀ satisfyĀ theĀ requirements.Ā Moreover,Ā theĀ half-duplexĀ modeĀ restrictsĀ theĀ radioĀ resourceĀ spectrumĀ efficiencyĀ andĀ henceĀ lowersĀ theĀ systemĀ throughput.Ā Accordingly,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ describedĀ techniquesĀ mayĀ supportĀ usingĀ fullĀ duplexĀ technologyĀ toĀ enableĀ concurrentĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ atĀ IABĀ nodeĀ (suchĀ asĀ relayĀ nodeĀ 210)Ā ,Ā suchĀ thatĀ theĀ dynamicĀ trafficĀ allocation,Ā improvedĀ systemĀ capacity,Ā andĀ theĀ capabilityĀ toĀ quicklyĀ deliverĀ anyĀ directionalĀ packetĀ isĀ supported.
InĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ describedĀ techniques,Ā aĀ full-duplexĀ networkĀ nodeĀ (e.g.,Ā parentĀ node Ā 205,Ā relayĀ node Ā 210,Ā and/orĀ childĀ nodeĀ 215)Ā ,Ā suchĀ asĀ aĀ baseĀ stationĀ and/orĀ UEĀ inĀ aĀ cellularĀ network,Ā mayĀ communicateĀ simultaneouslyĀ inĀ uplinkĀ andĀ downlinkĀ withĀ twoĀ half-duplexĀ terminalsĀ usingĀ theĀ sameĀ radioĀ resources.Ā AnotherĀ exampleĀ wirelessĀ fullĀ duplexĀ applicationĀ scenarioĀ isĀ thatĀ oneĀ relayĀ nodeĀ canĀ communicateĀ simultaneouslyĀ withĀ theĀ anchorĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ mobileĀ terminalĀ inĀ aĀ one-hopĀ scenario,Ā orĀ withĀ theĀ otherĀ twoĀ relayĀ nodesĀ inĀ aĀ multi-hopĀ scenario.Ā ByĀ doublingĀ eachĀ single-linkĀ capacity,Ā fullĀ duplexingĀ significantlyĀ increasesĀ theĀ systemĀ throughputĀ inĀ diverseĀ applicationsĀ inĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ network Ā 200,Ā andĀ alsoĀ reducesĀ theĀ transferĀ latencyĀ forĀ timeĀ criticalĀ services.
AspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ describedĀ techniquesĀ supportĀ decidingĀ anĀ enhancedĀ (e.g.,Ā optimal)Ā beamformingĀ directionĀ (e.g.,Ā precodingĀ weight)Ā inĀ anĀ IABĀ nodeĀ chainĀ whereĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ isĀ activatedĀ atĀ eachĀ IABĀ nodeĀ (e.g.,Ā eachĀ parentĀ node Ā 205,Ā relayĀ node Ā 210,Ā and/orĀ childĀ node Ā 215Ā ofĀ theĀ IABĀ network)Ā ,Ā becauseĀ theĀ DL/ULĀ beamformingĀ parametersĀ andĀ channelĀ statusesĀ alongĀ theĀ chainĀ mayĀ beĀ closelyĀ coupled.
AspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ describedĀ techniquesĀ provideĀ anĀ efficientĀ schemeĀ thatĀ supportsĀ theĀ parentĀ node Ā 205Ā determiningĀ theĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ (e.g.,Ā precodingĀ weight)Ā forĀ theĀ parentĀ BHĀ linkĀ basedĀ onĀ IABĀ nodeāsĀ (e.g.,Ā relayĀ nodeĀ 210)Ā feedbackĀ informationĀ onĀ itsĀ fullĀ duplexĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ (e.g.,Ā precodingĀ weight)Ā .
AspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ describedĀ techniquesĀ mayĀ supportĀ in-bandĀ full-duplexĀ transmissions.Ā OneĀ aspectĀ ofĀ enablingĀ full-duplexĀ transmissionsĀ isĀ theĀ capabilityĀ toĀ cancelĀ self-interferenceĀ fromĀ downlinkĀ toĀ uplink,Ā orĀ viceĀ versa.Ā TheĀ nodesĀ ofĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ system Ā 200Ā mayĀ supportĀ full-duplexĀ radioĀ designsĀ thatĀ canĀ suppressĀ upĀ toĀ 110Ā dBm,Ā orĀ more,Ā ofĀ suchĀ self-interferenceĀ byĀ combiningĀ theĀ technologiesĀ ofĀ beamforming,Ā analogĀ cancellation,Ā digitalĀ cancellation,Ā antennaĀ cancellation,Ā andĀ theĀ like.Ā AspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ describeĀ techniquesĀ supportĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ determinationĀ inĀ bothĀ downlinkĀ (orĀ downstream)Ā andĀ uplinkĀ (orĀ upstream)Ā transmissionsĀ withinĀ theĀ IABĀ network.
InĀ theĀ downlinkĀ scenario,Ā thisĀ mayĀ includeĀ anĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplexĀ (e.g.,Ā wirelessĀ communicationĀ systemĀ 200)Ā where,Ā forĀ aĀ particularĀ IABĀ nodeĀ (e.g.,Ā relayĀ nodeĀ 210)Ā ,Ā theĀ transmissionĀ (s)Ā andĀ receptionĀ (s)Ā areĀ beingĀ performedĀ concurrently.Ā TheĀ transmittedĀ signalĀ withĀ aĀ certainĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ (e.g.,Ā precodingĀ matrix,Ā antennaĀ port,Ā etc.Ā )Ā mayĀ causeĀ self-interferenceĀ withĀ respectĀ toĀ theĀ receivedĀ signalĀ andĀ differentĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ wouldĀ causeĀ differentĀ self-interferenceĀ strengths.Ā ToĀ reduceĀ orĀ eliminateĀ suchĀ self-interference,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ describedĀ techniquesĀ mayĀ includeĀ theĀ signalĀ beingĀ transmittedĀ inĀ aĀ properĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ (s)Ā (e.g.,Ā inĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ orĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction)Ā .Ā DueĀ toĀ this,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ describedĀ techniquesĀ mayĀ supportĀ aĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ determinationĀ schemeĀ forĀ theĀ IABĀ nodeĀ withĀ fullĀ duplex,Ā suchĀ asĀ relayĀ node Ā 210.
InĀ someĀ aspects,Ā theĀ downlinkĀ dataĀ transferĀ ofĀ informationĀ (e.g.,Ā downlinkĀ transmissionĀ (s)Ā )Ā mayĀ includeĀ theĀ relayĀ node Ā 210Ā determiningĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ parentĀ node Ā 205Ā andĀ relayĀ node Ā 210Ā basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ relayĀ node Ā 210Ā andĀ childĀ node Ā 215.Ā ForĀ example,Ā relayĀ node Ā 210Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ (e.g.,Ā precodingĀ matrixes,Ā antennaĀ ports,Ā etc.Ā )Ā inĀ theĀ DLĀ childĀ BHĀ linkĀ betweenĀ relayĀ node Ā 210Ā andĀ childĀ node Ā 215Ā and/orĀ theĀ DLĀ accessĀ linkĀ betweenĀ relayĀ node Ā 210Ā andĀ UE Ā 220.Ā TheseĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ mayĀ beĀ selectedĀ toĀ enhanceĀ theĀ channelĀ statusĀ ofĀ theĀ DLĀ childĀ BHĀ linkĀ and/orĀ theĀ DLĀ accessĀ link.Ā ThatĀ is,Ā theĀ bestĀ ofĀ theseĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ mayĀ constituteĀ theĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ (s)Ā betweenĀ relayĀ node Ā 210Ā andĀ childĀ node Ā 215.
BasedĀ onĀ theĀ self-interferenceĀ causedĀ byĀ theĀ determinedĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ (s)Ā betweenĀ relayĀ node Ā 210Ā andĀ childĀ node Ā 215,Ā relayĀ node Ā 210Ā mayĀ determineĀ theĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ inĀ theĀ DLĀ parentĀ BHĀ linkĀ whichĀ hasĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ definedĀ channelĀ statusĀ (e.g.,Ā maximumĀ SINR)Ā ,Ā hasĀ aĀ highestĀ channelĀ status,Ā forĀ example,Ā underĀ self-interference.Ā SuchĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ mayĀ beĀ representedĀ byĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ informationĀ referenceĀ signalĀ (CSI-RS)Ā resourceĀ indicatorĀ (CRI)Ā ,Ā aĀ precodingĀ matricĀ indicatorĀ (PMI)Ā ,Ā andĀ theĀ like.Ā TheĀ relayĀ node Ā 210Ā mayĀ determineĀ theĀ CSIĀ (e.g.,Ā CRI,Ā rankĀ indicatorĀ (RI)Ā ,Ā PMI,Ā channelĀ qualityĀ indicatorĀ (CQI)Ā ,Ā etc.Ā )Ā ofĀ theĀ DLĀ parentĀ BHĀ linkĀ betweenĀ relayĀ node Ā 210Ā andĀ parentĀ node Ā 205Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
InĀ theĀ uplinkĀ scenario,Ā relayĀ node Ā 210Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ parentĀ node Ā 205Ā andĀ relayĀ node Ā 210Ā based,Ā atĀ leastĀ inĀ someĀ aspects,Ā onĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ relayĀ node Ā 210Ā andĀ childĀ node Ā 215.Ā ForĀ example,Ā relayĀ node Ā 210Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ (e.g.,Ā precodingĀ matrixes,Ā antennaĀ ports,Ā etc.Ā )Ā inĀ theĀ ULĀ childĀ BHĀ linkĀ betweenĀ relayĀ node Ā 210Ā andĀ childĀ node Ā 215Ā and/orĀ theĀ ULĀ accessĀ linkĀ betweenĀ relayĀ node Ā 210Ā andĀ UE Ā 220.Ā TheseĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ mayĀ beĀ selectedĀ toĀ enhanceĀ theĀ channelĀ statusĀ ofĀ theĀ ULĀ childĀ BHĀ linkĀ and/orĀ theĀ ULĀ accessĀ link.Ā BasedĀ onĀ theseĀ determinedĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā relayĀ node Ā 210Ā mayĀ determineĀ theĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ inĀ theĀ ULĀ parentĀ BHĀ linkĀ thatĀ satisfyĀ someĀ kindĀ ofĀ criterionĀ (e.g.,Ā satisfyĀ aĀ threshold)Ā relatedĀ toĀ theĀ SINR,Ā forĀ example,Ā atĀ theĀ ULĀ parentĀ BHĀ link,Ā theĀ ULĀ childĀ BHĀ linkĀ and/orĀ theĀ ULĀ accessĀ links.Ā SuchĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ canĀ beĀ representedĀ byĀ SRI,Ā transmittedĀ PMIĀ (TPMI)Ā ,Ā andĀ theĀ like.
Accordingly,Ā wirelessĀ communicationĀ system Ā 200Ā providesĀ orĀ isĀ otherwiseĀ configuredĀ toĀ supportĀ aĀ methodĀ forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ basedĀ IABĀ networkĀ toĀ executeĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ bothĀ downlinkĀ andĀ uplinkĀ dataĀ transfers.Ā InĀ theĀ determinationĀ process,Ā theĀ beamformedĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ link,Ā childĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ and/orĀ accessĀ linkĀ areĀ jointlyĀ considered,Ā andĀ theĀ schedulingĀ resultĀ isĀ targetedĀ toĀ generateĀ enhancedĀ andĀ balancedĀ throughputsĀ inĀ allĀ ofĀ theseĀ links.Ā WirelessĀ communicationĀ system Ā 200Ā leveragesĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ conventionalĀ techniques,Ā butĀ addsĀ aĀ smallĀ numberĀ ofĀ additionalĀ informationĀ elementsĀ betweenĀ relayĀ node Ā 210Ā andĀ itsĀ parentĀ node Ā 205.
FIG.Ā 3Ā illustratesĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aĀ process Ā 300Ā thatĀ supportsĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplexĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā process Ā 300Ā mayĀ implementĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ systems Ā 100Ā and/orĀ 200.Ā AspectsĀ ofĀ process Ā 300Ā mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ byĀ parentĀ node Ā 305,Ā relayĀ node Ā 310,Ā childĀ node Ā 315,Ā and/orĀ UE Ā 320,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ examplesĀ ofĀ correspondingĀ devicesĀ describedĀ herein.Ā ThatĀ is,Ā parentĀ node Ā 305,Ā relayĀ node Ā 310,Ā and/orĀ childĀ node Ā 315Ā mayĀ beĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ nodesĀ withinĀ anĀ IABĀ network,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ inĀ aĀ baseĀ stationĀ and/orĀ aĀ UEĀ asĀ describedĀ herein.Ā Broadly,Ā process Ā 300Ā illustratesĀ oneĀ exampleĀ forĀ downlinkĀ beamformĀ determinationĀ inĀ anĀ IABĀ network.
AtĀ 325,Ā relayĀ node Ā 310Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofbeamformingĀ directionsĀ atĀ theĀ downlinkĀ childĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ betweenĀ relayĀ node Ā 310Ā andĀ childĀ node Ā 315Ā and/orĀ atĀ theĀ downlinkĀ accessĀ linkĀ betweenĀ relayĀ node Ā 310Ā andĀ UE Ā 320.Ā InĀ someĀ aspects,Ā relayĀ node Ā 310Ā mayĀ determineĀ theĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ ofĀ theĀ downlinkĀ childĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ and/orĀ theĀ downlinkĀ accessĀ linkĀ usingĀ aĀ varietyĀ ofĀ approaches.Ā OneĀ approachĀ mayĀ includeĀ relayĀ node Ā 310Ā transmittingĀ SSBĀ (s)Ā ,Ā CSI-RSĀ (s)Ā ,Ā etc.,Ā byĀ whichĀ childĀ node Ā 315Ā and/orĀ UE Ā 320Ā choosesĀ aĀ preferredĀ (e.g.,Ā optimal)Ā beamformingĀ directionĀ inĀ theĀ downlinkĀ childĀ backhaulĀ orĀ downlinkĀ accessĀ links,Ā respectively,Ā andĀ thenĀ feedsĀ backĀ reportingĀ informationĀ toĀ relayĀ node Ā 310,Ā e.g.,Ā inĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ feedbackĀ report.Ā AnotherĀ approachĀ mayĀ beĀ thatĀ relayĀ node Ā 310Ā receivesĀ SRSĀ (s)Ā fromĀ childĀ node Ā 315Ā and/orĀ UE Ā 320,Ā andĀ thenĀ determinesĀ theĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ inĀ theĀ uplinkĀ childĀ backhaulĀ and/orĀ uplinkĀ accessĀ links,Ā respectively,Ā accordingĀ toĀ theĀ qualityĀ ofĀ theĀ receivedĀ signal.Ā RelayĀ node Ā 310Ā mayĀ useĀ theseĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ inĀ theĀ downlinkĀ childĀ backhaulĀ and/orĀ downlinkĀ accessĀ linksĀ accordingĀ toĀ channelĀ reciprocity.
AtĀ 330,Ā parentĀ node Ā 305Ā mayĀ transmitĀ (andĀ relayĀ node Ā 310Ā mayĀ receive)Ā oneĀ orĀ moreĀ referenceĀ signals,Ā suchĀ asĀ CSI-RSs.
AtĀ 335,Ā relayĀ node Ā 310Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofbeamformingĀ directionsĀ atĀ theĀ downlinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ based,Ā atĀ leastĀ inĀ someĀ aspects,Ā onĀ theĀ determinedĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ atĀ theĀ downlinkĀ childĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ and/orĀ theĀ downlinkĀ accessĀ link,Ā e.g.,Ā basedĀ onĀ theĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ determinedĀ atĀ 325.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ pluralityĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ determinedĀ atĀ 325Ā andĀ theĀ referenceĀ signalsĀ receivedĀ atĀ 330.
AtĀ 340,Ā relayĀ node Ā 310Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofbeamformingĀ directionsĀ atĀ theĀ downlinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ pluralityĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ referenceĀ signalsĀ receivedĀ atĀ 330.
AtĀ 345,Ā relayĀ node Ā 310Ā mayĀ identifyĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ determineĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ (e.g.,Ā CSI)Ā forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā respectively.
Accordingly,Ā relayĀ node Ā 310Ā mayĀ determineĀ theĀ beamformingĀ directionāsĀ channelĀ statusesĀ (e.g.,Ā CSI)Ā inĀ theĀ downlinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.Ā ThisĀ mayĀ includeĀ relayĀ node Ā 310Ā determiningĀ theĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ inĀ theĀ downlinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ channelĀ gainĀ ofĀ theĀ beamformedĀ channelĀ inĀ theĀ downlinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ (denotedĀ asĀ S_p)Ā andĀ theĀ self-interferenceĀ causedĀ byĀ theĀ beamformedĀ channelĀ inĀ theĀ downlinkĀ childĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ and/orĀ downlinkĀ accessĀ linkĀ toĀ theĀ beamformedĀ channelĀ inĀ theĀ downlinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ (denotedĀ asĀ I_c2p)Ā .Ā TheĀ beamformedĀ channelĀ andĀ theĀ downlinkĀ childĀ backhaulĀ and/orĀ downlinkĀ accessĀ linksĀ mayĀ beĀ generatedĀ byĀ theĀ previouslyĀ determinedĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā e.g.,Ā theĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ determinedĀ atĀ 325.Ā OneĀ exampleĀ ofĀ theĀ criteriaĀ thatĀ canĀ beĀ usedĀ forĀ theĀ selectionĀ ofĀ theĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ inĀ theĀ downlinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ mayĀ include,Ā butĀ isĀ notĀ limitedĀ to,Ā relayĀ node Ā 310Ā identifyingĀ aĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ associatedĀ withĀ aĀ definedĀ (e.g.,Ā maximum)Ā valueĀ ofĀ S_p/I_c2p.Ā RelayĀ node Ā 310Ā mayĀ thenĀ determineĀ theĀ channelĀ statusĀ orĀ CSIĀ (e.g.,Ā CRI,Ā RI,Ā PMI,Ā CQI,Ā etc.Ā )Ā ofĀ theĀ downlinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ withĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.Ā InĀ someĀ aspects,Ā theĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ canĀ beĀ representedĀ byĀ CRIĀ (e.g.,Ā ifĀ theĀ beamformedĀ CSI-RSSĀ isĀ sentĀ atĀ 330)Ā orĀ PMIĀ (e.g.,Ā ifĀ theĀ non-beamformedĀ CSIĀ RSĀ isĀ sentĀ atĀ 330)Ā .
AtĀ 350,Ā relayĀ node Ā 310Ā mayĀ transmitĀ (andĀ parentĀ node Ā 305Ā mayĀ receive)Ā aĀ reportĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ CSIĀ report)Ā forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā withĀ aĀ reportĀ containingĀ flagsĀ toĀ indicateĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ identifyĀ theĀ CSIĀ reportĀ withĀ theĀ correspondingĀ mode.Ā ThatĀ is,Ā aĀ reportĀ mayĀ containĀ aĀ flagĀ identifyingĀ aĀ firstĀ CSIĀ asĀ correspondingĀ toĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ anotherĀ flagĀ identifyingĀ aĀ secondĀ CSIĀ asĀ correspondingĀ toĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.Ā Thus,Ā relayĀ node Ā 310Ā mayĀ transmitĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ sendĀ aĀ CSIĀ reportĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ toĀ parentĀ node Ā 305,Ā withĀ theĀ flagĀ indicatingĀ orĀ identifyingĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ forĀ eachĀ CSIĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ channelĀ statuses)Ā containedĀ inĀ theĀ report.Ā TheĀ CSIĀ reportĀ mayĀ indicateĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusĀ informationĀ andĀ indicateĀ toĀ whichĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ node Ā 305Ā andĀ theĀ relayĀ node Ā 310Ā eachĀ instanceĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusĀ informationĀ corresponds.
AtĀ 355,Ā parentĀ node Ā 305Ā mayĀ determineĀ theĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ andĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ radioĀ resourceĀ allocationsĀ (e.g.,Ā time,Ā frequency,Ā spatial,Ā code,Ā etc.,Ā resources)Ā forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā respectively.Ā InĀ someĀ aspects,Ā theĀ radioĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ divisionĀ betweenĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ mayĀ beĀ inĀ theĀ timeĀ domain,Ā aĀ frequencyĀ domain,Ā orĀ aĀ mixtureĀ ofĀ theĀ time-frequencyĀ domain.
InĀ someĀ aspects,Ā thisĀ mayĀ includeĀ parentĀ nodeĀ 305Ā determiningĀ theĀ radioĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ theĀ downlinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā respectively.Ā ThisĀ mayĀ dependĀ onĀ theĀ throughputs,Ā trafficĀ situations,Ā etc.,Ā inĀ theĀ downlinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ andĀ theĀ downlinkĀ childĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ and/orĀ downlinkĀ accessĀ links.Ā ForĀ example,Ā assumingĀ theĀ throughputĀ ofĀ theĀ downlinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ isĀ T
1Ā forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ T
2Ā forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā theĀ throughputĀ ofĀ theĀ downlinkĀ childĀ backhaul/downlinkĀ accessĀ linksĀ mayĀ beĀ T
3Ā inĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.Ā TheĀ targetĀ throughputĀ ratioĀ forĀ theĀ downlinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ overĀ theĀ downlinkĀ childĀ backhaul/downlinkĀ accessĀ linksĀ mayĀ beĀ denotedĀ as β,Ā andĀ theĀ radioĀ resourceĀ ratioĀ forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ overĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ mayĀ be γ.Ā InĀ thisĀ context,Ā parentĀ nodeĀ 305Ā mayĀ implementĀ theĀ formula:Ā
Therefore,Ā parentĀ node Ā 305Ā mayĀ calculateĀ otherwiseĀ determine
asĀ theĀ radioĀ resourceĀ percentageĀ forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ and
asĀ theĀ radioĀ resourceĀ percentageĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ calculatedĀ fromĀ theĀ valuesĀ T
1,Ā T
2,Ā T
3, and β. Next, the non-full duplex mode beamforming direction and the full duplex beamforming direction, as reported by relay node  310 at 350, may be adopted at the allocated radio resources in the downlink parent backhaul link for the full duplex mode and the non-full duplex mode, respectively. In some examples, the parent node  305 may select one or more of the reported beam directions based on the throughput and the corresponding channel status (es) .
AtĀ 360,Ā parentĀ node Ā 305Ā mayĀ transmitĀ (andĀ relayĀ node Ā 310Ā mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ andĀ receive)Ā aĀ grantĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ downlinkĀ grant)Ā identifyingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformedĀ directionĀ andĀ theĀ radioĀ resourceĀ allocationsĀ forĀ bothĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ grantĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ firstĀ flagĀ identifyingĀ theĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ andĀ radioĀ resourceĀ allocationsĀ forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ aĀ secondĀ flagĀ identifyingĀ theĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ andĀ radioĀ resourceĀ allocationsĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.Ā Accordingly,Ā parentĀ node Ā 305Ā mayĀ transmitĀ downlinkĀ grantĀ (s)Ā forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ toĀ relayĀ node Ā 310,Ā withĀ theĀ grantĀ containingĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ flagsĀ indicatingĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ identifyingĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ configuration/allocationĀ ofĀ eachĀ downlinkĀ grant.
AtĀ 365,Ā parentĀ node Ā 305Ā mayĀ transmitĀ (andĀ relayĀ node Ā 310Ā mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ andĀ receive)Ā aĀ transmissionĀ onĀ theĀ downlinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ usingĀ theĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ andĀ correspondingĀ radioĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
AtĀ 370,Ā parentĀ node Ā 305Ā mayĀ transmitĀ (andĀ relayĀ node Ā 310Ā mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ andĀ receive)Ā aĀ transmissionĀ onĀ theĀ downlinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ usingĀ theĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ andĀ correspondingĀ radioĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
ConcurrentlyĀ withĀ theĀ transmissionĀ atĀ 370,Ā atĀ 375Ā relayĀ node Ā 310Ā mayĀ transmitĀ (andĀ childĀ node Ā 315Ā mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ andĀ receive)Ā aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ onĀ theĀ downlinkĀ childĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ usingĀ theĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ andĀ correspondingĀ radioĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
ConcurrentlyĀ withĀ theĀ transmissionsĀ atĀ 370Ā and/orĀ 375,Ā atĀ 380Ā relayĀ node Ā 310Ā mayĀ transmitĀ (andĀ UE Ā 320Ā mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ andĀ receive)Ā aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ onĀ theĀ downlinkĀ accessĀ linkĀ usingĀ theĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ andĀ correspondingĀ radioĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.Ā ThatĀ is,Ā inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ fullĀ duplexĀ operations,Ā theĀ transmissionsĀ atĀ 370,Ā 375,Ā and/orĀ 380Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ concurrently.Ā Accordingly,Ā relayĀ node Ā 310Ā mayĀ receiveĀ theĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ parentĀ node Ā 305Ā atĀ 370Ā whileĀ performingĀ theĀ downlinkĀ transmissionsĀ toĀ theĀ childĀ node Ā 315Ā atĀ 375Ā and/orĀ toĀ theĀ UE Ā 320Ā andĀ 380.
FIG.Ā 4Ā illustratesĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aĀ process Ā 400Ā thatĀ supportsĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplexĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā process Ā 400Ā mayĀ implementĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ systems Ā 100Ā and/orĀ 200Ā orĀ process Ā 300.Ā AspectsĀ ofĀ process Ā 400Ā mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ byĀ parentĀ node Ā 405,Ā relayĀ node Ā 410,Ā childĀ node Ā 415,Ā and/orĀ UE Ā 420,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ examplesĀ ofĀ correspondingĀ devicesĀ describedĀ herein.Ā ThatĀ is,Ā parentĀ node Ā 405,Ā relayĀ node Ā 410,Ā and/orĀ childĀ node Ā 415Ā mayĀ beĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ nodesĀ withinĀ anĀ IABĀ network,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ inĀ aĀ baseĀ stationĀ and/orĀ aĀ UEĀ asĀ describedĀ herein.Ā Broadly,Ā process Ā 400Ā illustratesĀ oneĀ exampleĀ forĀ uplinkĀ beamformĀ determinationĀ inĀ anĀ IABĀ network.
AtĀ 425,Ā relayĀ node Ā 410Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofbeamformingĀ directionsĀ atĀ theĀ uplinkĀ childĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ betweenĀ relayĀ node Ā 410Ā andĀ childĀ node Ā 415Ā and/orĀ atĀ theĀ uplinkĀ accessĀ linkĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ node Ā 410Ā andĀ UE Ā 420.Ā ForĀ example,Ā inĀ oneĀ optionĀ relayĀ node Ā 410Ā mayĀ transmitĀ SSBs,Ā CSI-RS,Ā etc.,Ā byĀ whichĀ theĀ childĀ node Ā 415Ā and/orĀ UE Ā 420Ā mayĀ useĀ toĀ chooseĀ anĀ optimalĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ theĀ downlinkĀ childĀ backhaulĀ link/downlinkĀ accessĀ link,Ā respectively.Ā ChildĀ node Ā 415Ā and/orĀ UE Ā 420Ā mayĀ thenĀ provideĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ relayĀ node Ā 410Ā indicatingĀ feedbackĀ informationĀ forĀ theĀ respectiveĀ links.Ā RelayĀ node Ā 410Ā mayĀ useĀ theĀ feedbackĀ informationĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ identifiedĀ optimalĀ beamformingĀ directions)Ā asĀ theĀ determinedĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ accordingĀ toĀ aĀ channelĀ reciprocity.Ā InĀ anotherĀ option,Ā relayĀ node Ā 410Ā mayĀ receiveĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ SRS,Ā CĀ SI-RS,Ā etc.,Ā fromĀ childĀ node Ā 415Ā and/orĀ UE Ā 420Ā andĀ useĀ theseĀ referenceĀ signalsĀ toĀ determineĀ theĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ inĀ theĀ uplinkĀ childĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ and/orĀ uplinkĀ accessĀ link,Ā respectively,Ā accordingĀ toĀ theĀ qualityĀ ofĀ theĀ receivedĀ uplinkĀ signals.
AtĀ 430,Ā relayĀ node Ā 410Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofbeamformingĀ directionsĀ atĀ theĀ uplinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ determinedĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ atĀ theĀ uplinkĀ childĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ and/orĀ theĀ uplinkĀ accessĀ link,Ā e.g.,Ā asĀ determinedĀ atĀ 425.
AtĀ 435,Ā relayĀ node Ā 410Ā mayĀ transmitĀ (andĀ parentĀ node Ā 405Ā mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ andĀ receive)Ā anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ (e.g.,Ā anĀ SRS)Ā forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.Ā AtĀ 440,Ā relayĀ node Ā 410Ā mayĀ transmitĀ (andĀ parentĀ node Ā 405Ā mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ andĀ receive)Ā anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ (e.g.,Ā anĀ SRS)Ā forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ SRSĀ forĀ FDĀ modeĀ mayĀ beĀ sentĀ alongĀ withĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ determinedĀ beamformingĀ directions.
AtĀ 445,Ā relayĀ node Ā 410Ā mayĀ transmitĀ (andĀ parentĀ node Ā 405Ā mayĀ receive)Ā aĀ signalĀ identifyingĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ indicatingĀ theĀ purposeĀ ofĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signals.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ signalĀ mayĀ indicateĀ thatĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ transmittedĀ atĀ 435Ā correspondsĀ toĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ thatĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ transmittedĀ atĀ 440Ā correspondsĀ toĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā relayĀ node Ā 410Ā mayĀ implicitlyĀ indicateĀ whetherĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ isĀ forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ orĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ resourceĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal.Ā ForĀ example,Ā aĀ firstĀ resourceĀ mayĀ beĀ usedĀ toĀ transmitĀ anĀ SRSĀ forĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā andĀ aĀ second,Ā differentĀ resource,Ā mayĀ beĀ usedĀ toĀ transmitĀ SRSĀ forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
Accordingly,Ā relayĀ node Ā 410Ā mayĀ transmitĀ SRSĀ inĀ theĀ uplinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ toĀ parentĀ node Ā 405.Ā TheĀ SRSĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ mayĀ beĀ sentĀ alongĀ withĀ theĀ determinedĀ beamformingĀ direction.Ā RelayĀ node Ā 410Ā mayĀ transmitĀ aĀ messageĀ toĀ parentĀ node Ā 405Ā toĀ indicateĀ whetherĀ eachĀ SRSĀ isĀ forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ orĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
Accordingly,Ā relayĀ node Ā 410Ā mayĀ determineĀ theĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ parentĀ node Ā 405Ā andĀ relayĀ node Ā 410Ā based,Ā atĀ leastĀ inĀ someĀ aspects,Ā onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ node Ā 410Ā andĀ childĀ node Ā 415Ā and/orĀ betweenĀ relayĀ node Ā 410Ā andĀ UE Ā 420.
AtĀ 450,Ā parentĀ node Ā 405Ā mayĀ determineĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ and/orĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ radioĀ resourceĀ allocationsĀ forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā respectively.Ā InĀ someĀ aspects,Ā parentĀ node Ā 405Ā mayĀ determineĀ theĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ andĀ aĀ radioĀ resourceĀ allocationsĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ techniquesĀ discussedĀ aboveĀ withĀ respectĀ toĀ processĀ 300,Ā e.g.,Ā atĀ 355Ā ofĀ process Ā 300.Ā InĀ someĀ aspects,Ā theĀ radioĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ divisionĀ betweenĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ mayĀ beĀ inĀ theĀ timeĀ domain,Ā aĀ frequencyĀ domain,Ā orĀ aĀ mixtureĀ inĀ theĀ time-frequencyĀ domain.
AtĀ 455,Ā parentĀ node Ā 405Ā mayĀ transmitĀ (andĀ relayĀ node Ā 410Ā mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ andĀ receive)Ā anĀ uplinkĀ grantĀ (orĀ uplinkĀ grants)Ā thatĀ identifiesĀ theĀ determinedĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ and/orĀ radioĀ resourceĀ allocationsĀ and,Ā atĀ leastĀ inĀ someĀ aspects,Ā includesĀ aĀ flagĀ indicatingĀ whetherĀ theĀ beamformingĀ directions/radioĀ resourceĀ allocationsĀ areĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ orĀ forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode.Ā Accordingly,Ā parentĀ node Ā 405Ā mayĀ transmitĀ anĀ uplinkĀ grantĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ toĀ relayĀ node Ā 410,Ā withĀ theĀ flagĀ inĀ eachĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ whetherĀ theĀ grantĀ isĀ forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ orĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.Ā InĀ someĀ aspects,Ā theĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction)Ā mayĀ beĀ representedĀ byĀ anĀ SRIĀ (e.g.,Ā ifĀ theĀ beamformedĀ SRSĀ isĀ sentĀ atĀ 435/440)Ā ,Ā orĀ TPMIĀ (e.g.,Ā ifĀ theĀ non-beamformedĀ SRSĀ isĀ sentĀ atĀ 435/440)Ā .
AtĀ 460,Ā relayĀ node Ā 410Ā mayĀ transmitĀ (andĀ parentĀ node Ā 405Ā mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ andĀ receive)Ā anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ usingĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ resource.
AtĀ 465,Ā relayĀ node Ā 410Ā mayĀ transmitĀ (andĀ parentĀ node Ā 405Ā mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ andĀ receive)Ā anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ usingĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ resource.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aĀ radioĀ resourceĀ divisionĀ betweenĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ mayĀ beĀ inĀ theĀ timeĀ domain,Ā theĀ frequencyĀ domain,Ā orĀ aĀ mixedĀ time-frequencyĀ domain,Ā orĀ theĀ like.
ConcurrentlyĀ withĀ theĀ transmissionĀ atĀ 465,Ā atĀ 470Ā childĀ node Ā 415Ā mayĀ transmitĀ (andĀ relayĀ node Ā 410Ā mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ andĀ receive)Ā anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ childĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ usingĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ resource.
ConcurrentlyĀ withĀ theĀ transmissionsĀ atĀ 465Ā andĀ 470,Ā UE Ā 420Ā mayĀ transmitĀ (andĀ relayĀ node Ā 410Ā mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ andĀ receive)Ā anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ accessĀ linkĀ usingĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ resource.Ā ThatĀ is,Ā theĀ uplinkĀ transmissionsĀ atĀ 465,Ā 470,Ā and/orĀ 475,Ā mayĀ beĀ fullĀ duplexĀ transmissionsĀ inĀ thatĀ relayĀ node Ā 410Ā canĀ receiveĀ theĀ uplinkĀ transmissionsĀ fromĀ childĀ node Ā 415Ā and/orĀ UE Ā 420Ā onĀ theirĀ respectiveĀ linksĀ whileĀ concurrentlyĀ performingĀ anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ parentĀ node Ā 405Ā onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ link.
FIG.Ā 5Ā illustratesĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ system Ā 500Ā thatĀ supportsĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplexĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā wirelessĀ communicationĀ system Ā 500Ā mayĀ implementĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ systems Ā 100Ā and/orĀ 200,Ā and/orĀ processes Ā 300Ā and/orĀ 400.Ā AspectsĀ ofĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ system Ā 500Ā mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ byĀ parentĀ node Ā 505,Ā relayĀ node Ā 510,Ā and/orĀ childĀ node Ā 515,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ correspondingĀ devicesĀ describedĀ herein.Ā ThatĀ is,Ā parentĀ node Ā 505,Ā relayĀ node Ā 510,Ā and/orĀ childĀ node Ā 515Ā mayĀ beĀ examplesĀ ofĀ nodesĀ withinĀ anĀ IABĀ network,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ inĀ aĀ baseĀ stationĀ and/orĀ aĀ UEĀ asĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā childĀ node Ā 515Ā mayĀ beĀ aĀ childĀ nodeĀ communicatingĀ withĀ relayĀ node Ā 510Ā viaĀ anĀ accessĀ linkĀ (e.g.,Ā actingĀ asĀ aĀ UE,Ā e.g.,Ā implementingĀ aĀ MTĀ function,Ā fromĀ theĀ perspectiveĀ ofĀ relayĀ nodeĀ 510)Ā orĀ mayĀ beĀ anĀ actualĀ UEĀ communicatingĀ withĀ relayĀ node Ā 510Ā viaĀ anĀ accessĀ link.Ā Broadly,Ā wirelessĀ communicationĀ system Ā 500Ā illustratesĀ oneĀ exampleĀ forĀ downlinkĀ beamformĀ determinationĀ inĀ anĀ IABĀ network.Ā Broadly,Ā relayĀ node Ā 510Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ for,Ā orĀ otherwiseĀ support,Ā fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ operations.
InĀ someĀ aspects,Ā parentĀ nodeĀ 505Ā (whichĀ mayĀ beĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aĀ donor/anchorĀ nodeĀ orĀ anĀ upstreamĀ relayĀ nodeĀ fromĀ theĀ perspectiveĀ ofĀ relayĀ nodeĀ 510)Ā mayĀ useĀ transmitĀ (Tx)Ā beam Ā 1Ā orĀ transmitĀ beam Ā 2Ā inĀ aĀ downlinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ forĀ communicationsĀ withĀ relayĀ node Ā 510.Ā Correspondingly,Ā relayĀ node Ā 510Ā mayĀ useĀ receiveĀ (Rx)Ā beam Ā 1Ā orĀ receiveĀ beam Ā 2Ā forĀ downstreamĀ communicationsĀ withĀ parentĀ node Ā 505.Ā ForĀ example,Ā parentĀ node Ā 505Ā mayĀ useĀ transmitĀ beam Ā 1Ā andĀ relayĀ node Ā 510Ā mayĀ useĀ receiveĀ beam Ā 1Ā forĀ directĀ orĀ lineĀ ofĀ sightĀ communicationsĀ orĀ mayĀ useĀ transmitĀ beam Ā 2Ā andĀ receiveĀ beam Ā 2Ā forĀ indirectĀ communicationsĀ (e.g.,Ā transmitĀ beam Ā 2Ā mayĀ bounceĀ offĀ ofĀ aĀ reflectiveĀ objectĀ towardsĀ relayĀ nodeĀ 510)Ā .Ā Generally,Ā transmitĀ beam Ā 1/receiveĀ beam Ā 1Ā mayĀ haveĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ achieveĀ aĀ higherĀ beamformingĀ channelĀ gainĀ thanĀ transmitĀ beam Ā 2/receiveĀ beam Ā 2Ā withoutĀ otherĀ interference.
Accordingly,Ā whenĀ relayĀ node Ā 510Ā determinesĀ theĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ downlinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā itĀ mayĀ considerĀ theĀ self-interferenceĀ fromĀ theĀ downlinkĀ accessĀ linkĀ (beamformedĀ byĀ transmitĀ beamĀ 3)Ā toĀ theĀ downlinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ (beamformedĀ byĀ receiveĀ beam Ā 1Ā orĀ 2)Ā .Ā InĀ thisĀ instance,Ā relayĀ node Ā 510Ā mayĀ assumeĀ thatĀ suchĀ self-interferenceĀ isĀ strongĀ forĀ receiveĀ beam Ā 1Ā andĀ weakĀ forĀ receiveĀ beam Ā 2.Ā Therefore,Ā relayĀ node Ā 510Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ (e.g.,Ā receiveĀ beamĀ 2)Ā thatĀ canĀ leadĀ toĀ theĀ largestĀ valueĀ ofbeamformingĀ channelĀ gainĀ inĀ theĀ downlinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ dividedĀ byĀ theĀ self-interferenceĀ strength.Ā RelayĀ node Ā 510Ā mayĀ assumeĀ thisĀ determinedĀ beamĀ isĀ receiveĀ beam Ā 2Ā becauseĀ theĀ highĀ beamformingĀ channelĀ gainĀ ofĀ receiveĀ beam Ā 1Ā isĀ mitigatedĀ byĀ itsĀ strongĀ self-interference.
Accordingly,Ā relayĀ node Ā 510Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ (e.g.,Ā CSI,Ā CRI,Ā etc.Ā )Ā forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ (e.g.,Ā receiveĀ beam Ā 1Ā andĀ receiveĀ beamĀ 2)Ā betweenĀ parentĀ node Ā 505Ā andĀ relayĀ node Ā 510Ā based,Ā atĀ leastĀ inĀ someĀ aspects,Ā onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ (e.g.,Ā transmitĀ beamĀ 3)Ā betweenĀ relayĀ node Ā 510Ā andĀ childĀ node Ā 515.Ā RelayĀ node Ā 510Ā mayĀ transmitĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ parentĀ node Ā 505Ā indicatingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ (e.g.,Ā receiveĀ beam Ā 1Ā and/orĀ receiveĀ beamĀ 2)Ā andĀ anĀ indicationĀ thatĀ theĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ correspondsĀ toĀ theĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ channelĀ statuses.Ā ParentĀ node Ā 505Ā mayĀ transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ relayĀ node Ā 510Ā indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ (e.g.,Ā transmitĀ beam Ā 2Ā and/orĀ receiveĀ beamĀ 2)Ā fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ beamformingĀ directions.Ā TheĀ grantĀ mayĀ alsoĀ carryĀ orĀ conveyĀ anĀ indicationĀ ofĀ resourcesĀ (e.g.,Ā radioĀ resourceĀ allocationsĀ inĀ theĀ timeĀ and/orĀ frequencyĀ domain)Ā forĀ theĀ correspondingĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ asĀ wellĀ asĀ forĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode.Ā RelayĀ node Ā 510Ā mayĀ useĀ thisĀ informationĀ toĀ monitorĀ forĀ (andĀ receive)Ā aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ node Ā 505Ā basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ inĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ (e.g.,Ā usingĀ receiveĀ beamĀ 2)Ā .
FIG.Ā 6Ā illustratesĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ system Ā 600Ā thatĀ supportsĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplexĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā wirelessĀ communicationĀ system Ā 600Ā mayĀ implementĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ systems Ā 100,Ā 200,Ā and/orĀ 500,Ā and/orĀ processes Ā 300Ā and/orĀ 400.Ā AspectsĀ ofĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ system Ā 600Ā mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ byĀ parentĀ node Ā 605,Ā relayĀ node Ā 610,Ā and/orĀ childĀ node Ā 615,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ examplesĀ ofĀ correspondingĀ devicesĀ describedĀ herein.Ā ThatĀ is,Ā parentĀ node Ā 605,Ā relayĀ node Ā 610,Ā and/orĀ childĀ node Ā 615Ā mayĀ beĀ examplesĀ ofĀ nodesĀ withinĀ anĀ IABĀ network,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ inĀ aĀ baseĀ stationĀ and/orĀ aĀ UEĀ asĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā childĀ node Ā 615Ā mayĀ beĀ aĀ childĀ nodeĀ communicatingĀ withĀ relayĀ node Ā 610Ā viaĀ anĀ accessĀ linkĀ (e.g.,Ā actingĀ asĀ aĀ UE,Ā suchĀ asĀ implementingĀ aĀ MTĀ function,Ā fromĀ theĀ perspectiveĀ ofĀ relayĀ nodeĀ 610)Ā orĀ mayĀ beĀ anĀ actualĀ UEĀ communicatingĀ withĀ relayĀ node Ā 610Ā viaĀ anĀ accessĀ link.Ā Broadly,Ā wirelessĀ communicationĀ system Ā 600Ā illustratesĀ oneĀ exampleĀ forĀ uplinkĀ beamformĀ determinationĀ inĀ anĀ IABĀ network.Ā Broadly,Ā relayĀ node Ā 610Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ for,Ā orĀ otherwiseĀ support,Ā fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ operations.
InĀ someĀ aspects,Ā parentĀ nodeĀ 605Ā (whichĀ mayĀ beĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aĀ donor/anchorĀ nodeĀ orĀ anĀ upstreamĀ relayĀ nodeĀ fromĀ theĀ perspectiveĀ ofĀ relayĀ nodeĀ 610)Ā mayĀ useĀ receiveĀ beam Ā 1Ā orĀ receiveĀ beam Ā 2Ā inĀ anĀ uplinkĀ parentĀ backhaulĀ linkĀ forĀ communicationsĀ withĀ relayĀ node Ā 610.Ā Correspondingly,Ā relayĀ node Ā 610Ā mayĀ useĀ transmitĀ beam Ā 1Ā orĀ transmitĀ beam Ā 2Ā forĀ suchĀ communicationsĀ withĀ parentĀ node Ā 605.Ā ForĀ example,Ā relayĀ node Ā 610Ā mayĀ useĀ transmitĀ beam Ā 1Ā andĀ parentĀ node Ā 605Ā mayĀ useĀ receiveĀ beam Ā 1Ā forĀ directĀ orĀ lineĀ ofĀ sightĀ communicationsĀ orĀ mayĀ useĀ transmitĀ beam Ā 2Ā andĀ receiveĀ beam Ā 2,Ā respectively,Ā forĀ indirectĀ communicationsĀ (e.g.,Ā transmitĀ beam Ā 2Ā mayĀ bounceĀ offĀ ofĀ aĀ reflectiveĀ objectĀ towardsĀ parentĀ nodeĀ 605)Ā .Ā Generally,Ā transmitĀ beam Ā 1/receiveĀ beam Ā 1Ā mayĀ haveĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ achieveĀ aĀ higherĀ beamformingĀ channelĀ gainĀ thanĀ transmitĀ beam Ā 2/receiveĀ beam Ā 2Ā withoutĀ otherĀ interference.
Accordingly,Ā relayĀ node Ā 610Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ (e.g.,Ā transmitĀ beam Ā 1Ā andĀ transmitĀ beamĀ 2)Ā betweenĀ parentĀ node Ā 605Ā andĀ relayĀ node Ā 610Ā based,Ā atĀ leastĀ inĀ someĀ aspects,Ā onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ (e.g.,Ā receiveĀ beamĀ 3)Ā betweenĀ relayĀ node Ā 610Ā andĀ childĀ node Ā 615.Ā RelayĀ node Ā 610Ā mayĀ transmitĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ parentĀ node Ā 605Ā usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ (e.g.,Ā transmitĀ beam Ā 1Ā and/orĀ transmitĀ beamĀ 2)Ā based,Ā atĀ leastĀ inĀ someĀ aspectsĀ onĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses.
FIG.Ā 7Ā showsĀ aĀ blockĀ diagramĀ 700Ā ofĀ aĀ device Ā 705Ā thatĀ supportsĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplexĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā TheĀ device Ā 705Ā mayĀ beĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ aĀ parentĀ node,Ā relayĀ node,Ā childĀ node,Ā UE Ā 115Ā orĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā asĀ describedĀ herein.Ā TheĀ device Ā 705Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ receiver Ā 710,Ā aĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 715,Ā andĀ aĀ transmitter Ā 720.Ā TheĀ device Ā 705Ā mayĀ alsoĀ includeĀ aĀ processor.Ā EachĀ ofĀ theseĀ componentsĀ mayĀ beĀ inĀ communicationĀ withĀ oneĀ anotherĀ (e.g.,Ā viaĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ buses)Ā .
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā communicationsĀ manager Ā 715Ā mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ asĀ anĀ integratedĀ circuitĀ orĀ chipsetĀ forĀ aĀ mobileĀ deviceĀ modem,Ā andĀ theĀ receiver Ā 710Ā andĀ transmitterĀ 720mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ asĀ analogĀ componentsĀ (e.g.,Ā amplifiers,Ā filters,Ā antennas,Ā etc.Ā )Ā coupledĀ withĀ theĀ mobileĀ deviceĀ modemĀ toĀ enableĀ wirelessĀ transmissionĀ andĀ reception.
TheĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 715Ā asĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ toĀ realizeĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ potentialĀ advantages.Ā VariousĀ implementationsĀ mayĀ enableĀ mitigationĀ ofĀ self-interferenceĀ forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ transmissionsĀ ofĀ device Ā 705Ā thatĀ theĀ comprisesĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 715Ā inĀ aĀ sharedĀ resource.Ā AtĀ leastĀ oneĀ implementationĀ mayĀ enableĀ theĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 715Ā toĀ effectivelyĀ selectĀ beamformingĀ directions.Ā AtĀ leastĀ oneĀ implementationĀ mayĀ enableĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 715Ā toĀ increaseĀ theĀ throughputĀ toĀ device Ā 705Ā byĀ allowingĀ forĀ reportingĀ ofĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ correspondingĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ device Ā 705Ā andĀ aĀ childĀ nodeĀ toĀ enhanceĀ selectionĀ ofĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ device Ā 705.
WhenĀ device Ā 705Ā isĀ configuredĀ asĀ aĀ relayĀ node,Ā theĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 715Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmitĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ anĀ indicationĀ thatĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā andĀ monitorĀ forĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
WhenĀ device Ā 705Ā isĀ configuredĀ asĀ aĀ relayĀ node,Ā theĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 715Ā mayĀ alsoĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmitĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā andĀ transmit,Ā viaĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction,Ā anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grant.
WhenĀ device Ā 705Ā isĀ configuredĀ asĀ aĀ parentĀ node,Ā theĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 715Ā mayĀ alsoĀ receiveĀ aĀ reportĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ thatĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ setĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā theĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ determinedĀ forĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ report,Ā andĀ transmitĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
WhenĀ device Ā 705Ā isĀ configuredĀ asĀ aĀ parentĀ node,Ā theĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 715Ā mayĀ alsoĀ receiveĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ transmittedĀ usingĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal,Ā andĀ monitorĀ forĀ anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.Ā TheĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 715Ā mayĀ beĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 1010Ā orĀ 1110Ā asĀ describedĀ herein.
TheĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 715,Ā orĀ itsĀ sub-components,Ā mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ inĀ hardware,Ā codeĀ (e.g.,Ā softwareĀ orĀ firmware)Ā executedĀ byĀ aĀ processor,Ā orĀ anyĀ combinationĀ thereof.Ā IfĀ implementedĀ inĀ codeĀ executedĀ byĀ aĀ processor,Ā theĀ functionsĀ ofĀ theĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 715,Ā orĀ itsĀ sub-componentsĀ mayĀ beĀ executedĀ byĀ aĀ general-purposeĀ processor,Ā aĀ DSP,Ā anĀ application-specificĀ integratedĀ circuitĀ (ASIC)Ā ,Ā aĀ FPGAĀ orĀ otherĀ programmableĀ logicĀ device,Ā discreteĀ gateĀ orĀ transistorĀ logic,Ā discreteĀ hardwareĀ components,Ā orĀ anyĀ combinationĀ thereofĀ designedĀ toĀ performĀ theĀ functionsĀ describedĀ inĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.
TheĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 715,Ā orĀ itsĀ sub-components,Ā mayĀ beĀ physicallyĀ locatedĀ atĀ variousĀ positions,Ā includingĀ beingĀ distributedĀ suchĀ thatĀ portionsĀ ofĀ functionsĀ areĀ implementedĀ atĀ differentĀ physicalĀ locationsĀ byĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ physicalĀ components.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 715,Ā orĀ itsĀ sub-components,Ā mayĀ beĀ aĀ separateĀ andĀ distinctĀ componentĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ variousĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 715,Ā orĀ itsĀ sub-components,Ā mayĀ beĀ combinedĀ withĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ otherĀ hardwareĀ components,Ā includingĀ butĀ notĀ limitedĀ toĀ anĀ input/outputĀ (I/O)Ā component,Ā aĀ transceiver,Ā aĀ networkĀ server,Ā anotherĀ computingĀ device,Ā oneĀ orĀ moreĀ otherĀ componentsĀ describedĀ inĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereofĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ variousĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.
FIG.Ā 8Ā showsĀ aĀ blockĀ diagramĀ 800Ā ofĀ aĀ device Ā 805Ā thatĀ supportsĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplexĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā TheĀ device Ā 805Ā mayĀ beĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ aĀ parentĀ node,Ā relayĀ node,Ā childĀ node,Ā device Ā 705,Ā aĀ UE Ā 115,Ā orĀ aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā asĀ describedĀ herein.Ā TheĀ device Ā 805Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ receiver Ā 810,Ā aĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 815,Ā andĀ aĀ transmitter Ā 830.Ā TheĀ device Ā 805Ā mayĀ alsoĀ includeĀ aĀ processor.Ā EachĀ ofĀ theseĀ componentsĀ mayĀ beĀ inĀ communicationĀ withĀ oneĀ anotherĀ (e.g.,Ā viaĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ buses)Ā .
TheĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 815Ā mayĀ beĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 715Ā asĀ describedĀ herein.Ā TheĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 815Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 820Ā andĀ anĀ ULĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 825.Ā TheĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 815Ā mayĀ beĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 1010Ā orĀ 1110Ā asĀ describedĀ herein.
TheĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 820Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmitĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ anĀ indicationĀ thatĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā andĀ monitorĀ forĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
TheĀ ULĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 825Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmitĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā andĀ transmit,Ā viaĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction,Ā anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grant.
TheĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 820Ā mayĀ receiveĀ aĀ reportĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ thatĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ setĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā theĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ determinedĀ forĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ report,Ā andĀ transmitĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
TheĀ ULĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 825Ā mayĀ receiveĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ transmittedĀ usingĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal,Ā andĀ monitorĀ forĀ anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
FIG.Ā 9Ā showsĀ aĀ blockĀ diagramĀ 900Ā ofĀ aĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 905Ā thatĀ supportsĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplexĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā TheĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 905Ā mayĀ beĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ aĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 715,Ā aĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 815,Ā orĀ aĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 1010Ā describedĀ herein.Ā TheĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 905Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 910,Ā aĀ grantĀ resourceĀ manager Ā 915,Ā aĀ referenceĀ signalĀ manager Ā 920,Ā aĀ self-interferenceĀ manager Ā 925,Ā aĀ channelĀ statusĀ manager Ā 930,Ā andĀ anĀ ULĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 935.Ā EachĀ ofĀ theseĀ modulesĀ mayĀ communicate,Ā directlyĀ orĀ indirectly,Ā withĀ oneĀ anotherĀ (e.g.,Ā viaĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ buses)Ā .
TheĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 910Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 910Ā mayĀ transmitĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ anĀ indicationĀ thatĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 910Ā mayĀ receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directions.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 910Ā mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 910Ā mayĀ receiveĀ aĀ reportĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ thatĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ setĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā theĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ determinedĀ forĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 910Ā mayĀ transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ report.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 910Ā mayĀ transmitĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ childĀ nodeĀ isĀ aĀ UEĀ orĀ aĀ secondĀ relayĀ node.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ includesĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ withinĀ anĀ IABĀ network.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ childĀ nodeĀ includesĀ aĀ UEĀ orĀ aĀ secondĀ relayĀ node.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ includesĀ aĀ parentĀ relayĀ nodeĀ withinĀ anĀ IABĀ network.
TheĀ ULĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 935Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ ULĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 935Ā mayĀ transmitĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ ULĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 935Ā mayĀ receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ ULĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 935Ā mayĀ transmit,Ā viaĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction,Ā anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grant.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ ULĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 935Ā mayĀ receiveĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ transmittedĀ usingĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ ULĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 935Ā mayĀ transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ ULĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ manager Ā 935Ā mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
TheĀ grantĀ resourceĀ manager Ā 915Ā mayĀ receiveĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ aĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ byĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ whenĀ operatingĀ inĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ grantĀ resourceĀ manager Ā 915Ā mayĀ receiveĀ theĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocation.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ grantĀ resourceĀ manager Ā 915Ā mayĀ transmitĀ aĀ secondĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ childĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ viaĀ theĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ grantĀ resourceĀ manager Ā 915Ā mayĀ receiveĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ aĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ byĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ whenĀ operatingĀ inĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ grantĀ resourceĀ manager Ā 915Ā mayĀ transmitĀ theĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocation,Ā theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ including.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ grantĀ resourceĀ manager Ā 915Ā mayĀ transmitĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ aĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ byĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ whenĀ operatingĀ inĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ grantĀ resourceĀ manager Ā 915Ā mayĀ transmitĀ theĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocation.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ grantĀ resourceĀ manager Ā 915Ā mayĀ selectĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ forĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ report.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ grantĀ resourceĀ manager Ā 915Ā mayĀ transmitĀ theĀ grantĀ toĀ identify,Ā forĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ secondĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ transmissionsĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ node.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ grantĀ resourceĀ manager Ā 915Ā mayĀ transmitĀ theĀ grantĀ toĀ identify,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereof.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ grantĀ resourceĀ manager Ā 915Ā mayĀ transmitĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ aĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ byĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ whenĀ operatingĀ inĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ grantĀ resourceĀ manager Ā 915Ā mayĀ receiveĀ theĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocation.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ grantĀ resourceĀ manager Ā 915Ā mayĀ selectĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ forĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal.
TheĀ referenceĀ signalĀ manager Ā 920Ā mayĀ communicateĀ aĀ referenceĀ signalĀ orĀ aĀ synchronizationĀ signalĀ withĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā whereĀ theĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ nodeĀ isĀ identifiedĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ communicating.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ referenceĀ signalĀ manager Ā 920Ā mayĀ communicateĀ aĀ referenceĀ signalĀ orĀ aĀ synchronizationĀ signalĀ withĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā whereĀ theĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ nodeĀ isĀ identifiedĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ communicating.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ referenceĀ signalĀ manager Ā 920Ā mayĀ transmit,Ā forĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ node.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ referenceĀ signalĀ manager Ā 920Ā mayĀ transmit,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ node,Ā whereĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ isĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ referenceĀ signalĀ manager Ā 920Ā mayĀ transmitĀ aĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ identifyingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ referenceĀ signalĀ manager Ā 920Ā mayĀ transmitĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ withinĀ aĀ firstĀ resourceĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ referenceĀ signalĀ manager Ā 920Ā mayĀ transmitĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ withinĀ aĀ secondĀ resourceĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ referenceĀ signalĀ manager Ā 920Ā mayĀ determine,Ā basedĀ onĀ theĀ grant,Ā aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ transmissionsĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ node.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ referenceĀ signalĀ manager Ā 920Ā mayĀ determine,Ā basedĀ onĀ theĀ grant,Ā aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereof.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ referenceĀ signalĀ manager Ā 920Ā mayĀ receive,Ā forĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ node.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ referenceĀ signalĀ manager Ā 920Ā mayĀ receive,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā whereĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ isĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ referenceĀ signalĀ manager Ā 920Ā mayĀ receiveĀ aĀ signalĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ identifyingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ referenceĀ signalĀ manager Ā 920Ā mayĀ receiveĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ viaĀ aĀ firstĀ resourceĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ referenceĀ signalĀ manager Ā 920Ā mayĀ receiveĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ viaĀ aĀ secondĀ resourceĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
TheĀ self-interferenceĀ manager Ā 925Ā mayĀ identifyĀ aĀ self-interferenceĀ levelĀ betweenĀ eachĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ inĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ self-interferenceĀ manager Ā 925Ā mayĀ determine,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā theĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ identifiedĀ self-interferenceĀ levels.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ self-interferenceĀ manager Ā 925Ā mayĀ identifyĀ aĀ self-interferenceĀ levelĀ betweenĀ eachĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ inĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ self-interferenceĀ manager Ā 925Ā mayĀ determine,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā theĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ identifiedĀ self-interferenceĀ levels.
TheĀ channelĀ statusĀ manager Ā 930Ā mayĀ determine,Ā forĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ firstĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ channelĀ statusĀ manager Ā 930Ā mayĀ determine,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ secondĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā whereĀ theĀ reportĀ indicatingĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ isĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ firstĀ andĀ secondĀ channelĀ statuses.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ channelĀ statusĀ manager Ā 930Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ beamformingĀ channelĀ gainĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā whereĀ theĀ firstĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ isĀ determinedĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ beamformingĀ channelĀ gainĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ channelĀ statusĀ manager Ā 930Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ ratioĀ ofĀ beamformingĀ channelĀ gainĀ overĀ self-interferenceĀ levelĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ identifiedĀ self-interferenceĀ levelsĀ andĀ theĀ determinedĀ beamformingĀ channelĀ gains,Ā whereĀ theĀ secondĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ isĀ determinedĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ ratio.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ channelĀ statusĀ manager Ā 930Ā mayĀ determine,Ā basedĀ onĀ theĀ grant,Ā aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ transmissionsĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ node.
InĀ someĀ examples,Ā theĀ channelĀ statusĀ manager Ā 930Ā mayĀ determine,Ā basedĀ onĀ theĀ grant,Ā aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereof.
FIG.Ā 10Ā showsĀ aĀ diagramĀ ofĀ aĀ system Ā 1000Ā includingĀ aĀ device Ā 1005Ā thatĀ supportsĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplexĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā TheĀ device Ā 1005Ā mayĀ beĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ orĀ includeĀ theĀ componentsĀ ofĀ aĀ parentĀ node,Ā relayĀ node,Ā childĀ node,Ā device Ā 705,Ā device Ā 805,Ā orĀ aĀ UE Ā 115Ā asĀ describedĀ herein.Ā TheĀ device Ā 1005Ā mayĀ includeĀ componentsĀ forĀ bi-directionalĀ voiceĀ andĀ dataĀ communicationsĀ includingĀ componentsĀ forĀ transmittingĀ andĀ receivingĀ communications,Ā includingĀ aĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 1010,Ā aĀ transceiver Ā 1020,Ā anĀ antenna Ā 1025,Ā memory Ā 1030,Ā aĀ processor Ā 1040,Ā andĀ anĀ I/OĀ controller Ā 1050.Ā TheseĀ componentsĀ mayĀ beĀ inĀ electronicĀ communicationĀ viaĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ busesĀ (e.g.,Ā busĀ 1055)Ā .
TheĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 1010Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmitĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ anĀ indicationĀ thatĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā andĀ monitorĀ forĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
TheĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 1010Ā mayĀ alsoĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmitĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā andĀ transmit,Ā viaĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction,Ā anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grant.
TheĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 1010Ā mayĀ alsoĀ receiveĀ aĀ reportĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ thatĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ setĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā theĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ determinedĀ forĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ report,Ā andĀ transmitĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
TheĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 1010Ā mayĀ alsoĀ receiveĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ transmittedĀ usingĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal,Ā andĀ monitorĀ forĀ anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ wirelessĀ deviceĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ singleĀ antenna Ā 1025.Ā However,Ā inĀ someĀ casesĀ theĀ deviceĀ mayĀ haveĀ moreĀ thanĀ oneĀ antenna Ā 1025,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ capableĀ ofĀ concurrentlyĀ transmittingĀ orĀ receivingĀ multipleĀ wirelessĀ transmissions.
TheĀ memory Ā 1030Ā mayĀ includeĀ RAM,Ā ROM,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereof.Ā TheĀ memory Ā 1030Ā mayĀ storeĀ computer-readableĀ code Ā 1035Ā includingĀ instructionsĀ that,Ā whenĀ executedĀ byĀ aĀ processorĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ processorĀ 1040)Ā causeĀ theĀ deviceĀ toĀ performĀ variousĀ functionsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ memory Ā 1030Ā mayĀ contain,Ā amongĀ otherĀ things,Ā aĀ BIOSĀ whichĀ mayĀ controlĀ basicĀ hardwareĀ orĀ softwareĀ operationĀ suchĀ asĀ theĀ interactionĀ withĀ peripheralĀ componentsĀ orĀ devices.
TheĀ processor Ā 1040Ā mayĀ includeĀ anĀ intelligentĀ hardwareĀ device,Ā (e.g.,Ā aĀ general-purposeĀ processor,Ā aĀ DSP,Ā aĀ CPU,Ā aĀ microcontroller,Ā anĀ ASIC,Ā anĀ FPGA,Ā aĀ programmableĀ logicĀ device,Ā aĀ discreteĀ gateĀ orĀ transistorĀ logicĀ component,Ā aĀ discreteĀ hardwareĀ component,Ā orĀ anyĀ combinationĀ thereof)Ā .Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ processor Ā 1040Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ operateĀ aĀ memoryĀ arrayĀ usingĀ aĀ memoryĀ controller.Ā InĀ otherĀ cases,Ā aĀ memoryĀ controllerĀ mayĀ beĀ integratedĀ intoĀ theĀ processor Ā 1040.Ā TheĀ processor Ā 1040Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ executeĀ computer-readableĀ instructionsĀ storedĀ inĀ aĀ memoryĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ memoryĀ 1030)Ā toĀ causeĀ theĀ device Ā 1005Ā toĀ performĀ variousĀ functionsĀ (e.g.,Ā functionsĀ orĀ tasksĀ supportingĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplex)Ā .
TheĀ I/OĀ controller Ā 1050Ā mayĀ manageĀ inputĀ andĀ outputĀ signalsĀ forĀ theĀ device Ā 1005.Ā TheĀ I/OĀ controller Ā 1050Ā mayĀ alsoĀ manageĀ peripheralsĀ notĀ integratedĀ intoĀ theĀ device Ā 1005.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ I/OĀ controller Ā 1050Ā mayĀ representĀ aĀ physicalĀ connectionĀ orĀ portĀ toĀ anĀ externalĀ peripheral.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ I/OĀ controller Ā 1050Ā mayĀ utilizeĀ anĀ operatingĀ systemĀ suchĀ as
orĀ anotherĀ knownĀ operatingĀ system.Ā InĀ otherĀ cases,Ā theĀ I/OĀ controller Ā 1050Ā mayĀ representĀ orĀ interactĀ withĀ aĀ modem,Ā aĀ keyboard,Ā aĀ mouse,Ā aĀ touchscreen,Ā orĀ aĀ similarĀ device.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ I/OĀ controller Ā 1050Ā mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ asĀ partĀ ofĀ aĀ processor.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā aĀ userĀ mayĀ interactĀ withĀ theĀ device Ā 1005Ā viaĀ theĀ I/OĀ controller Ā 1050Ā orĀ viaĀ hardwareĀ componentsĀ controlledĀ byĀ theĀ I/OĀ controller Ā 1050.
TheĀ code Ā 1035Ā mayĀ includeĀ instructionsĀ toĀ implementĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure,Ā includingĀ instructionsĀ toĀ supportĀ wirelessĀ communications.Ā TheĀ code Ā 1035Ā mayĀ beĀ storedĀ inĀ aĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ suchĀ asĀ systemĀ memoryĀ orĀ otherĀ typeĀ ofĀ memory.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ code Ā 1035Ā mayĀ notĀ beĀ directlyĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processor Ā 1040Ā butĀ mayĀ causeĀ aĀ computerĀ (e.g.,Ā whenĀ compiledĀ andĀ executed)Ā toĀ performĀ functionsĀ describedĀ herein.
FIG.Ā 11Ā showsĀ aĀ diagramĀ ofĀ aĀ system Ā 1100Ā includingĀ aĀ device Ā 1105Ā thatĀ supportsĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplexĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā TheĀ device Ā 1105Ā mayĀ beĀ anĀ exampleĀ ofĀ orĀ includeĀ theĀ componentsĀ ofĀ device Ā 705,Ā device Ā 805,Ā aĀ parentĀ node,Ā aĀ relayĀ node,Ā aĀ childĀ node,Ā orĀ aĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā asĀ describedĀ herein.Ā TheĀ device Ā 1105Ā mayĀ includeĀ componentsĀ forĀ bi-directionalĀ voiceĀ andĀ dataĀ communicationsĀ includingĀ componentsĀ forĀ transmittingĀ andĀ receivingĀ communications,Ā includingĀ aĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 1110,Ā aĀ networkĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 1115,Ā aĀ transceiver Ā 1120,Ā anĀ antenna Ā 1125,Ā memory Ā 1130,Ā aĀ processor Ā 1140,Ā andĀ anĀ inter-stationĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 1145.Ā TheseĀ componentsĀ mayĀ beĀ inĀ electronicĀ communicationĀ viaĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ busesĀ (e.g.,Ā busĀ 1155)Ā .
TheĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 1110Ā mayĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmitĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ anĀ indicationĀ thatĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā andĀ monitorĀ forĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
TheĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 1110Ā mayĀ alsoĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmitĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā andĀ transmit,Ā viaĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction,Ā anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grant.
TheĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 1110Ā mayĀ alsoĀ receiveĀ aĀ reportĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ thatĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ setĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā theĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ determinedĀ forĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node,Ā transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ report,Ā andĀ transmitĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
TheĀ communicationsĀ manager Ā 1110Ā mayĀ alsoĀ receiveĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ transmittedĀ usingĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions,Ā transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal,Ā andĀ monitorĀ forĀ anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ wirelessĀ deviceĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ singleĀ antenna Ā 1125.Ā However,Ā inĀ someĀ casesĀ theĀ deviceĀ mayĀ haveĀ moreĀ thanĀ oneĀ antenna Ā 1125,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ capableĀ ofĀ concurrentlyĀ transmittingĀ orĀ receivingĀ multipleĀ wirelessĀ transmissions.
TheĀ memory Ā 1130Ā mayĀ includeĀ RAM,Ā ROM,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereof.Ā TheĀ memory Ā 1130Ā mayĀ storeĀ computer-readableĀ code Ā 1135Ā includingĀ instructionsĀ that,Ā whenĀ executedĀ byĀ aĀ processorĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ processorĀ 1140)Ā causeĀ theĀ deviceĀ toĀ performĀ variousĀ functionsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ memory Ā 1130Ā mayĀ contain,Ā amongĀ otherĀ things,Ā aĀ BIOSĀ whichĀ mayĀ controlĀ basicĀ hardwareĀ orĀ softwareĀ operationĀ suchĀ asĀ theĀ interactionĀ withĀ peripheralĀ componentsĀ orĀ devices.
TheĀ processor Ā 1140Ā mayĀ includeĀ anĀ intelligentĀ hardwareĀ device,Ā (e.g.,Ā aĀ general-purposeĀ processor,Ā aĀ DSP,Ā aĀ CPU,Ā aĀ microcontroller,Ā anĀ ASIC,Ā anĀ FPGA,Ā aĀ programmableĀ logicĀ device,Ā aĀ discreteĀ gateĀ orĀ transistorĀ logicĀ component,Ā aĀ discreteĀ hardwareĀ component,Ā orĀ anyĀ combinationĀ thereof)Ā .Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ processor Ā 1140Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ operateĀ aĀ memoryĀ arrayĀ usingĀ aĀ memoryĀ controller.Ā InĀ otherĀ cases,Ā aĀ memoryĀ controllerĀ mayĀ beĀ integratedĀ intoĀ theĀ processor Ā 1140.Ā TheĀ processor Ā 1140Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ executeĀ computer-readableĀ instructionsĀ storedĀ inĀ aĀ memoryĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ memoryĀ 1130)Ā toĀ causeĀ theĀ device Ā 1105Ā toĀ performĀ variousĀ functionsĀ (e.g.,Ā functionsĀ orĀ tasksĀ supportingĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplex)Ā .
TheĀ code Ā 1135Ā mayĀ includeĀ instructionsĀ toĀ implementĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure,Ā includingĀ instructionsĀ toĀ supportĀ wirelessĀ communications.Ā TheĀ code Ā 1135Ā mayĀ beĀ storedĀ inĀ aĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ suchĀ asĀ systemĀ memoryĀ orĀ otherĀ typeĀ ofĀ memory.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ code Ā 1135Ā mayĀ notĀ beĀ directlyĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processor Ā 1140Ā butĀ mayĀ causeĀ aĀ computerĀ (e.g.,Ā whenĀ compiledĀ andĀ executed)Ā toĀ performĀ functionsĀ describedĀ herein.
FIG.Ā 12Ā showsĀ aĀ flowchartĀ illustratingĀ aĀ method Ā 1200Ā thatĀ supportsĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplexĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ method Ā 1200Ā mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ byĀ aĀ UE Ā 115Ā orĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā orĀ itsĀ componentsĀ asĀ describedĀ herein.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ method Ā 1200Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ aĀ communicationsĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ executeĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ instructionsĀ toĀ controlĀ theĀ functionalĀ elementsĀ ofĀ theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ toĀ performĀ theĀ functionsĀ describedĀ below.Ā AdditionallyĀ orĀ alternatively,Ā aĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ performĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ functionsĀ describedĀ belowĀ usingĀ special-purposeĀ hardware.
AtĀ 1205,Ā theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1205Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1205Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ aĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.
AtĀ 1210,Ā theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ transmitĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ anĀ indicationĀ thatĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1210Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1210Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ aĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.
AtĀ 1215,Ā theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directions.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1215Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1215Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ aĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.
AtĀ 1220,Ā theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1220Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1220Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ aĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.
FIG.Ā 13Ā showsĀ aĀ flowchartĀ illustratingĀ aĀ method Ā 1300Ā thatĀ supportsĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplexĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ method Ā 1300Ā mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ byĀ aĀ UE Ā 115Ā orĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā orĀ itsĀ componentsĀ asĀ describedĀ herein.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ method Ā 1300Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ aĀ communicationsĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ executeĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ instructionsĀ toĀ controlĀ theĀ functionalĀ elementsĀ ofĀ theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ toĀ performĀ theĀ functionsĀ describedĀ below.Ā AdditionallyĀ orĀ alternatively,Ā aĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ performĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ functionsĀ describedĀ belowĀ usingĀ special-purposeĀ hardware.
AtĀ 1305,Ā theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1305Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1305Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ aĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.
AtĀ 1310,Ā theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ transmitĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ anĀ indicationĀ thatĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1310Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1310Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ aĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.
AtĀ 1315,Ā theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directions.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1315Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1315Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ aĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.
AtĀ 1320,Ā theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ receiveĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ aĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ byĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ whenĀ operatingĀ inĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1320Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1320Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ aĀ grantĀ resourceĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.
AtĀ 1325,Ā theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1325Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1325Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ aĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.
FIG.Ā 14Ā showsĀ aĀ flowchartĀ illustratingĀ aĀ method Ā 1400Ā thatĀ supportsĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplexĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ method Ā 1400Ā mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ byĀ aĀ UE Ā 115Ā orĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā orĀ itsĀ componentsĀ asĀ describedĀ herein.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ method Ā 1400Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ aĀ communicationsĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ executeĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ instructionsĀ toĀ controlĀ theĀ functionalĀ elementsĀ ofĀ theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ toĀ performĀ theĀ functionsĀ describedĀ below.Ā AdditionallyĀ orĀ alternatively,Ā aĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ performĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ functionsĀ describedĀ belowĀ usingĀ special-purposeĀ hardware.
AtĀ 1405,Ā theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1405Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1405Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ anĀ ULĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.
AtĀ 1410,Ā theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ transmitĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1410Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1410Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ anĀ ULĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.
AtĀ 1415,Ā theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1415Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1415Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ anĀ ULĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.
AtĀ 1420,Ā theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ transmit,Ā viaĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction,Ā anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grant.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1420Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1420Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ anĀ ULĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.
FIG.Ā 15Ā showsĀ aĀ flowchartĀ illustratingĀ aĀ method Ā 1500Ā thatĀ supportsĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplexĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ method Ā 1500Ā mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ byĀ aĀ UE Ā 115Ā orĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā orĀ itsĀ componentsĀ asĀ describedĀ herein.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ method Ā 1500Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ aĀ communicationsĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ executeĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ instructionsĀ toĀ controlĀ theĀ functionalĀ elementsĀ ofĀ theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ toĀ performĀ theĀ functionsĀ describedĀ below.Ā AdditionallyĀ orĀ alternatively,Ā aĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ performĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ functionsĀ describedĀ belowĀ usingĀ special-purposeĀ hardware.
AtĀ 1505,Ā theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ receiveĀ aĀ reportĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ thatĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ setĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā theĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ determinedĀ forĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1505Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1505Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ aĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.
AtĀ 1510,Ā theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ report.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1510Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1510Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ aĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.
AtĀ 1515,Ā theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ transmitĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1515Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1515Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ aĀ DLĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.
FIG.Ā 16Ā showsĀ aĀ flowchartĀ illustratingĀ aĀ method Ā 1600Ā thatĀ supportsĀ beamformingĀ determinationĀ forĀ IABĀ systemĀ withĀ fullĀ duplexĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ method Ā 1600Ā mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ byĀ aĀ UE Ā 115Ā orĀ baseĀ station Ā 105Ā orĀ itsĀ componentsĀ asĀ describedĀ herein.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ method Ā 1600Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ aĀ communicationsĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ executeĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ instructionsĀ toĀ controlĀ theĀ functionalĀ elementsĀ ofĀ theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ toĀ performĀ theĀ functionsĀ describedĀ below.Ā AdditionallyĀ orĀ alternatively,Ā aĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ performĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ functionsĀ describedĀ belowĀ usingĀ special-purposeĀ hardware.
AtĀ 1605,Ā theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ receiveĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ transmittedĀ usingĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1605Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1605Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ anĀ ULĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.
AtĀ 1610,Ā theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ setĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1610Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1610Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ anĀ ULĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.
AtĀ 1615,Ā theĀ UEĀ orĀ baseĀ stationĀ mayĀ monitorĀ forĀ anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.Ā TheĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1615Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā InĀ someĀ examples,Ā aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ operationsĀ ofĀ 1615Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ anĀ ULĀ beamĀ directionĀ selectionĀ managerĀ asĀ describedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 7Ā throughĀ 11.
ItĀ shouldĀ beĀ notedĀ thatĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ hereinĀ describeĀ possibleĀ implementations,Ā andĀ thatĀ theĀ operationsĀ andĀ theĀ stepsĀ mayĀ beĀ rearrangedĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ modifiedĀ andĀ thatĀ otherĀ implementationsĀ areĀ possible.Ā Further,Ā aspectsĀ fromĀ twoĀ orĀ moreĀ ofĀ theĀ methodsĀ mayĀ beĀ combined.
TechniquesĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ beĀ usedĀ forĀ variousĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ systemsĀ suchĀ asĀ codeĀ divisionĀ multipleĀ accessĀ (CDMA)Ā ,Ā timeĀ divisionĀ multipleĀ accessĀ (TDMA)Ā ,Ā frequencyĀ divisionĀ multipleĀ accessĀ (FDMA)Ā ,Ā orthogonalĀ frequencyĀ divisionĀ multipleĀ accessĀ (OFDMA)Ā ,Ā singleĀ carrierĀ frequencyĀ divisionĀ multipleĀ accessĀ (SC-FDMA)Ā ,Ā andĀ otherĀ systems.Ā AĀ CDMAĀ systemĀ mayĀ implementĀ aĀ radioĀ technologyĀ suchĀ asĀ CDMA2000,Ā UniversalĀ TerrestrialĀ RadioĀ AccessĀ (UTRA)Ā ,Ā etc.Ā CDMA2000Ā coversĀ IS-2000,Ā IS-95,Ā andĀ IS-856Ā standards.Ā IS-2000Ā ReleasesĀ mayĀ beĀ commonlyĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ CDMA2000Ā 1X,Ā 1X,Ā etc.Ā IS-856Ā (TIA-856)Ā isĀ commonlyĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ CDMA2000Ā lxEV-DO,Ā HighĀ RateĀ PacketĀ DataĀ (HRPD)Ā ,Ā etc.Ā UTRAĀ includesĀ WidebandĀ CDMAĀ (WCDMA)Ā andĀ otherĀ variantsĀ ofĀ CDMA.Ā AĀ TDMAĀ systemĀ mayĀ implementĀ aĀ radioĀ technologyĀ suchĀ asĀ GlobalĀ SystemĀ forĀ MobileĀ CommunicationsĀ (GSM)Ā .
AnĀ OFDMAĀ systemĀ mayĀ implementĀ aĀ radioĀ technologyĀ suchĀ asĀ UltraĀ MobileĀ BroadbandĀ (UMB)Ā ,Ā EvolvedĀ UTRAĀ (E-UTRA)Ā ,Ā InstituteĀ ofĀ ElectricalĀ andĀ ElectronicsĀ EngineersĀ (IEEE)Ā 802.11Ā (Wi-Fi)Ā ,Ā IEEEĀ 802.16Ā (WiMAX)Ā ,Ā IEEEĀ 802.20,Ā Flash-OFDM,Ā etc.Ā UTRAĀ andĀ E-UTRAĀ areĀ partĀ ofĀ UniversalĀ MobileĀ TelecommunicationsĀ SystemĀ (UMTS)Ā .Ā LTE,Ā LTE-A,Ā andĀ LTE-AĀ ProĀ areĀ releasesĀ ofĀ UMTSĀ thatĀ useĀ E-UTRA.Ā UTRA,Ā E-UTRA,Ā UMTS,Ā LTE,Ā LTE-A,Ā LTE-AĀ Pro,Ā NR,Ā andĀ GSMĀ areĀ describedĀ inĀ documentsĀ fromĀ theĀ organizationĀ namedĀ ā3rdĀ GenerationĀ PartnershipĀ ProjectāĀ (3GPP)Ā .Ā CDMA2000Ā andĀ UMBĀ areĀ describedĀ inĀ documentsĀ fromĀ anĀ organizationĀ namedĀ ā3rdĀ GenerationĀ PartnershipĀ Project Ā 2āĀ (3GPP2)Ā .Ā TheĀ techniquesĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ beĀ usedĀ forĀ theĀ systemsĀ andĀ radioĀ technologiesĀ mentionedĀ hereinĀ asĀ wellĀ asĀ otherĀ systemsĀ andĀ radioĀ technologies.Ā WhileĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ anĀ LTE,Ā LTE-A,Ā LTE-AĀ Pro,Ā orĀ NRĀ systemĀ mayĀ beĀ describedĀ forĀ purposesĀ ofĀ example,Ā andĀ LTE,Ā LTE-A,Ā LTE-AĀ Pro,Ā orĀ NRĀ terminologyĀ mayĀ beĀ usedĀ inĀ muchĀ ofĀ theĀ description,Ā theĀ techniquesĀ describedĀ hereinĀ areĀ applicableĀ beyondĀ LTE,Ā LTE-A,Ā LTE-AĀ Pro,Ā orĀ NRĀ applications.
AĀ macroĀ cellĀ generallyĀ coversĀ aĀ relativelyĀ largeĀ geographicĀ areaĀ (e.g.,Ā severalĀ kilometersĀ inĀ radius)Ā andĀ mayĀ allowĀ unrestrictedĀ accessĀ byĀ UEsĀ withĀ serviceĀ subscriptionsĀ withĀ theĀ networkĀ provider.Ā AĀ smallĀ cellĀ mayĀ beĀ associatedĀ withĀ aĀ lower-poweredĀ baseĀ station,Ā asĀ comparedĀ withĀ aĀ macroĀ cell,Ā andĀ aĀ smallĀ cellĀ mayĀ operateĀ inĀ theĀ sameĀ orĀ differentĀ (e.g.,Ā licensed,Ā unlicensed,Ā etc.Ā )Ā frequencyĀ bandsĀ asĀ macroĀ cells.Ā SmallĀ cellsĀ mayĀ includeĀ picoĀ cells,Ā femtoĀ cells,Ā andĀ microĀ cellsĀ accordingĀ toĀ variousĀ examples.Ā AĀ picoĀ cell,Ā forĀ example,Ā mayĀ coverĀ aĀ smallĀ geographicĀ areaĀ andĀ mayĀ allowĀ unrestrictedĀ accessĀ byĀ UEsĀ withĀ serviceĀ subscriptionsĀ withĀ theĀ networkĀ provider.Ā AĀ femtoĀ cellĀ mayĀ alsoĀ coverĀ aĀ smallĀ geographicĀ areaĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ home)Ā andĀ mayĀ provideĀ restrictedĀ accessĀ byĀ UEsĀ havingĀ anĀ associationĀ withĀ theĀ femtoĀ cellĀ (e.g.,Ā UEsĀ inĀ aĀ closedĀ subscriberĀ groupĀ (CSG)Ā ,Ā UEsĀ forĀ usersĀ inĀ theĀ home,Ā andĀ theĀ like)Ā .Ā AnĀ eNBĀ forĀ aĀ macroĀ cellĀ mayĀ beĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ aĀ macroĀ eNB.Ā AnĀ eNBĀ forĀ aĀ smallĀ cellĀ mayĀ beĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ aĀ smallĀ cellĀ eNB,Ā aĀ picoĀ eNB,Ā aĀ femtoĀ eNB,Ā orĀ aĀ homeĀ eNB.Ā AnĀ eNBĀ mayĀ supportĀ oneĀ orĀ multipleĀ (e.g.,Ā two,Ā three,Ā four,Ā andĀ theĀ like)Ā cells,Ā andĀ mayĀ alsoĀ supportĀ communicationsĀ usingĀ oneĀ orĀ multipleĀ componentĀ carriers.
TheĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ systemsĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ supportĀ synchronousĀ orĀ asynchronousĀ operation.Ā ForĀ synchronousĀ operation,Ā theĀ baseĀ stationsĀ mayĀ haveĀ similarĀ frameĀ timing,Ā andĀ transmissionsĀ fromĀ differentĀ baseĀ stationsĀ mayĀ beĀ approximatelyĀ alignedĀ inĀ time.Ā ForĀ asynchronousĀ operation,Ā theĀ baseĀ stationsĀ mayĀ haveĀ differentĀ frameĀ timing,Ā andĀ transmissionsĀ fromĀ differentĀ baseĀ stationsĀ mayĀ notĀ beĀ alignedĀ inĀ time.Ā TheĀ techniquesĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ beĀ usedĀ forĀ eitherĀ synchronousĀ orĀ asynchronousĀ operations.
InformationĀ andĀ signalsĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ beĀ representedĀ usingĀ anyĀ ofĀ aĀ varietyĀ ofĀ differentĀ technologiesĀ andĀ techniques.Ā ForĀ example,Ā data,Ā instructions,Ā commands,Ā information,Ā signals,Ā bits,Ā symbols,Ā andĀ chipsĀ thatĀ mayĀ beĀ referencedĀ throughoutĀ theĀ descriptionĀ mayĀ beĀ representedĀ byĀ voltages,Ā currents,Ā electromagneticĀ waves,Ā magneticĀ fieldsĀ orĀ particles,Ā opticalĀ fieldsĀ orĀ particles,Ā orĀ anyĀ combinationĀ thereof.
TheĀ variousĀ illustrativeĀ blocksĀ andĀ modulesĀ describedĀ inĀ connectionĀ withĀ theĀ disclosureĀ hereinĀ mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ orĀ performedĀ withĀ aĀ general-purposeĀ processor,Ā aĀ DSP,Ā anĀ ASIC,Ā anĀ FPGA,Ā orĀ otherĀ programmableĀ logicĀ device,Ā discreteĀ gateĀ orĀ transistorĀ logic,Ā discreteĀ hardwareĀ components,Ā orĀ anyĀ combinationĀ thereofĀ designedĀ toĀ performĀ theĀ functionsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā AĀ general-purposeĀ processorĀ mayĀ beĀ aĀ microprocessor,Ā butĀ inĀ theĀ alternative,Ā theĀ processorĀ mayĀ beĀ anyĀ conventionalĀ processor,Ā controller,Ā microcontroller,Ā orĀ stateĀ machine.Ā AĀ processorĀ mayĀ alsoĀ beĀ implementedĀ asĀ aĀ combinationĀ ofĀ computingĀ devicesĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ combinationĀ ofĀ aĀ DSPĀ andĀ aĀ microprocessor,Ā multipleĀ microprocessors,Ā oneĀ orĀ moreĀ microprocessorsĀ inĀ conjunctionĀ withĀ aĀ DSPĀ core,Ā orĀ anyĀ otherĀ suchĀ configuration)Ā .
TheĀ functionsĀ describedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ inĀ hardware,Ā softwareĀ executedĀ byĀ aĀ processor,Ā firmware,Ā orĀ anyĀ combinationĀ thereof.Ā IfĀ implementedĀ inĀ softwareĀ executedĀ byĀ aĀ processor,Ā theĀ functionsĀ mayĀ beĀ storedĀ onĀ orĀ transmittedĀ overĀ asĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ instructionsĀ orĀ codeĀ onĀ aĀ computer-readableĀ medium.Ā OtherĀ examplesĀ andĀ implementationsĀ areĀ withinĀ theĀ scopeĀ ofĀ theĀ disclosureĀ andĀ appendedĀ claims.Ā ForĀ example,Ā dueĀ toĀ theĀ natureĀ ofĀ software,Ā functionsĀ describedĀ hereinĀ canĀ beĀ implementedĀ usingĀ softwareĀ executedĀ byĀ aĀ processor,Ā hardware,Ā firmware,Ā hardwiring,Ā orĀ combinationsĀ ofĀ anyĀ ofĀ these.Ā FeaturesĀ implementingĀ functionsĀ mayĀ alsoĀ beĀ physicallyĀ locatedĀ atĀ variousĀ positions,Ā includingĀ beingĀ distributedĀ suchĀ thatĀ portionsĀ ofĀ functionsĀ areĀ implementedĀ atĀ differentĀ physicalĀ locations.
Computer-readableĀ mediaĀ includesĀ bothĀ non-transitoryĀ computerĀ storageĀ mediaĀ andĀ communicationĀ mediaĀ includingĀ anyĀ mediumĀ thatĀ facilitatesĀ transferĀ ofĀ aĀ computerĀ programĀ fromĀ oneĀ placeĀ toĀ another.Ā AĀ non-transitoryĀ storageĀ mediumĀ mayĀ beĀ anyĀ availableĀ mediumĀ thatĀ canĀ beĀ accessedĀ byĀ aĀ generalĀ purposeĀ orĀ specialĀ purposeĀ computer.Ā ByĀ wayĀ ofĀ example,Ā andĀ notĀ limitation,Ā non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediaĀ mayĀ includeĀ random-accessĀ memoryĀ (RAM)Ā ,Ā read-onlyĀ memoryĀ (ROM)Ā ,Ā electricallyĀ erasableĀ programmableĀ ROMĀ (EEPROM)Ā ,Ā flashĀ memory,Ā compactĀ diskĀ (CD)Ā ROMĀ orĀ otherĀ opticalĀ diskĀ storage,Ā magneticĀ diskĀ storageĀ orĀ otherĀ magneticĀ storageĀ devices,Ā orĀ anyĀ otherĀ non-transitoryĀ mediumĀ thatĀ canĀ beĀ usedĀ toĀ carryĀ orĀ storeĀ desiredĀ programĀ codeĀ meansĀ inĀ theĀ formĀ ofĀ instructionsĀ orĀ dataĀ structuresĀ andĀ thatĀ canĀ beĀ accessedĀ byĀ aĀ general-purposeĀ orĀ special-purposeĀ computer,Ā orĀ aĀ general-purposeĀ orĀ special-purposeĀ processor.Ā Also,Ā anyĀ connectionĀ isĀ properlyĀ termedĀ aĀ computer-readableĀ medium.Ā ForĀ example,Ā ifĀ theĀ softwareĀ isĀ transmittedĀ fromĀ aĀ website,Ā server,Ā orĀ otherĀ remoteĀ sourceĀ usingĀ aĀ coaxialĀ cable,Ā fiberĀ opticĀ cable,Ā twistedĀ pair,Ā digitalĀ subscriberĀ lineĀ (DSL)Ā ,Ā orĀ wirelessĀ technologiesĀ suchĀ asĀ infrared,Ā radio,Ā andĀ microwave,Ā thenĀ theĀ coaxialĀ cable,Ā fiberĀ opticĀ cable,Ā twistedĀ pair,Ā DSL,Ā orĀ wirelessĀ technologiesĀ suchĀ asĀ infrared,Ā radio,Ā andĀ microwaveĀ areĀ includedĀ inĀ theĀ definitionĀ ofĀ medium.Ā DiskĀ andĀ disc,Ā asĀ usedĀ herein,Ā includeĀ CD,Ā laserĀ disc,Ā opticalĀ disc,Ā digitalĀ versatileĀ discĀ (DVD)Ā ,Ā floppyĀ diskĀ andĀ Blu-rayĀ discĀ whereĀ disksĀ usuallyĀ reproduceĀ dataĀ magnetically,Ā whileĀ discsĀ reproduceĀ dataĀ opticallyĀ withĀ lasers.Ā CombinationsĀ ofĀ theĀ aboveĀ areĀ alsoĀ includedĀ withinĀ theĀ scopeĀ ofĀ computer-readableĀ media.
AsĀ usedĀ herein,Ā includingĀ inĀ theĀ claims,Ā āorāĀ asĀ usedĀ inĀ aĀ listĀ ofĀ itemsĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ listĀ ofĀ itemsĀ prefacedĀ byĀ aĀ phraseĀ suchĀ asĀ āatĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofāĀ orĀ āoneĀ orĀ moreĀ ofāĀ )Ā indicatesĀ anĀ inclusiveĀ listĀ suchĀ that,Ā forĀ example,Ā aĀ listĀ ofĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ A,Ā B,Ā orĀ CĀ meansĀ AĀ orĀ BĀ orĀ CĀ orĀ ABĀ orĀ ACĀ orĀ BCĀ orĀ ABCĀ (i.e.,Ā AĀ andĀ BĀ andĀ C)Ā .Ā Also,Ā asĀ usedĀ herein,Ā theĀ phraseĀ ābasedĀ onāĀ shallĀ notĀ beĀ construedĀ asĀ aĀ referenceĀ toĀ aĀ closedĀ setĀ ofĀ conditions.Ā ForĀ example,Ā anĀ exemplaryĀ stepĀ thatĀ isĀ describedĀ asĀ ābasedĀ onĀ conditionĀ AāĀ mayĀ beĀ basedĀ onĀ bothĀ aĀ conditionĀ AĀ andĀ aĀ conditionĀ BĀ withoutĀ departingĀ fromĀ theĀ scopeĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā InĀ otherĀ words,Ā asĀ usedĀ herein,Ā theĀ phraseĀ ābasedĀ onāĀ shallĀ beĀ construedĀ inĀ theĀ sameĀ mannerĀ asĀ theĀ phraseĀ ābasedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ on.Ā ā
InĀ theĀ appendedĀ figures,Ā similarĀ componentsĀ orĀ featuresĀ mayĀ haveĀ theĀ sameĀ referenceĀ label.Ā Further,Ā variousĀ componentsĀ ofĀ theĀ sameĀ typeĀ mayĀ beĀ distinguishedĀ byĀ followingĀ theĀ referenceĀ labelĀ byĀ aĀ dashĀ andĀ aĀ secondĀ labelĀ thatĀ distinguishesĀ amongĀ theĀ similarĀ components.Ā IfĀ justĀ theĀ firstĀ referenceĀ labelĀ isĀ usedĀ inĀ theĀ specification,Ā theĀ descriptionĀ isĀ applicableĀ toĀ anyĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ similarĀ componentsĀ havingĀ theĀ sameĀ firstĀ referenceĀ labelĀ irrespectiveĀ ofĀ theĀ secondĀ referenceĀ label,Ā orĀ otherĀ subsequentĀ referenceĀ label.
TheĀ descriptionĀ setĀ forthĀ herein,Ā inĀ connectionĀ withĀ theĀ appendedĀ drawings,Ā describesĀ exampleĀ configurationsĀ andĀ doesĀ notĀ representĀ allĀ theĀ examplesĀ thatĀ mayĀ beĀ implementedĀ orĀ thatĀ areĀ withinĀ theĀ scopeĀ ofĀ theĀ claims.Ā TheĀ termĀ āexemplaryāĀ usedĀ hereinĀ meansĀ āservingĀ asĀ anĀ example,Ā instance,Ā orĀ illustration,Ā āĀ andĀ notĀ āpreferredāĀ orĀ āadvantageousĀ overĀ otherĀ examples.Ā āĀ TheĀ detailedĀ descriptionĀ includesĀ specificĀ detailsĀ forĀ theĀ purposeĀ ofĀ providingĀ anĀ understandingĀ ofĀ theĀ describedĀ techniques.Ā TheseĀ techniques,Ā however,Ā mayĀ beĀ practicedĀ withoutĀ theseĀ specificĀ details.Ā InĀ someĀ instances,Ā well-knownĀ structuresĀ andĀ devicesĀ areĀ shownĀ inĀ blockĀ diagramĀ formĀ inĀ orderĀ toĀ avoidĀ obscuringĀ theĀ conceptsĀ ofĀ theĀ describedĀ examples.
TheĀ descriptionĀ hereinĀ isĀ providedĀ toĀ enableĀ aĀ personĀ skilledĀ inĀ theĀ artĀ toĀ makeĀ orĀ useĀ theĀ disclosure.Ā VariousĀ modificationsĀ toĀ theĀ disclosureĀ willĀ beĀ readilyĀ apparentĀ toĀ thoseĀ skilledĀ inĀ theĀ art,Ā andĀ theĀ genericĀ principlesĀ definedĀ hereinĀ mayĀ beĀ appliedĀ toĀ otherĀ variationsĀ withoutĀ departingĀ fromĀ theĀ scopeĀ ofĀ theĀ disclosure.Ā Thus,Ā theĀ disclosureĀ isĀ notĀ limitedĀ toĀ theĀ examplesĀ andĀ designsĀ describedĀ herein,Ā butĀ isĀ toĀ beĀ accordedĀ theĀ broadestĀ scopeĀ consistentĀ withĀ theĀ principlesĀ andĀ novelĀ featuresĀ disclosedĀ herein.
Claims (78)
- AĀ methodĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ atĀ aĀ relayĀ node,Ā comprising:determiningĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node;transmittingĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ anĀ indicationĀ thatĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses;receivingĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directions;Ā andmonitoringĀ forĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ receivingĀ theĀ grantĀ furtherĀ comprises:receivingĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ aĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ byĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ whenĀ operatingĀ inĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 2,Ā furtherĀ comprising:receivingĀ theĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocation;Ā andtransmittingĀ aĀ secondĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ childĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ viaĀ theĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā furtherĀ comprising:communicatingĀ aĀ referenceĀ signalĀ orĀ aĀ synchronizationĀ signalĀ withĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā whereinĀ theĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ nodeĀ isĀ identifiedĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ communicating.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā furtherĀ comprising:identifyingĀ aĀ self-interferenceĀ levelĀ betweenĀ eachĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ inĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node;Ā anddetermining,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā theĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ identifiedĀ self-interferenceĀ levels.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ determiningĀ theĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ furtherĀ comprises:determining,Ā forĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ firstĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node;Ā anddetermining,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ secondĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā whereinĀ theĀ reportĀ indicatingĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ isĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ firstĀ andĀ secondĀ channelĀ statuses.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 6,Ā whereinĀ determiningĀ theĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ comprises:determiningĀ aĀ beamformingĀ channelĀ gainĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā whereinĀ theĀ firstĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ isĀ determinedĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ beamformingĀ channelĀ gainĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node;Ā anddeterminingĀ aĀ ratioĀ ofĀ beamformingĀ channelĀ gainĀ overĀ self-interferenceĀ levelĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ identifiedĀ self-interferenceĀ levelsĀ andĀ theĀ determinedĀ beamformingĀ channelĀ gains,Ā whereinĀ theĀ secondĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ isĀ determinedĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ ratio.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 6,Ā furtherĀ comprising:determining,Ā basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grant,Ā aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ transmissionsĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ node;Ā anddetermining,Ā basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grant,Ā aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereof.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ theĀ childĀ nodeĀ isĀ aĀ userĀ equipmentĀ (UE)Ā orĀ aĀ secondĀ relayĀ node.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ comprisesĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ withinĀ anĀ integratedĀ accessĀ andĀ backhaulĀ (IAB)Ā network.
- AĀ methodĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ atĀ aĀ relayĀ node,Ā comprising:determiningĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node;transmittingĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses;receivingĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions;Ā andtransmitting,Ā viaĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction,Ā anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grant.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 11Ā ,Ā whereinĀ receivingĀ theĀ grantĀ comprises:receivingĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ aĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ byĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ whenĀ operatingĀ inĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 12,Ā whereinĀ transmittingĀ theĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ furtherĀ comprises:transmittingĀ theĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocation,Ā theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprising;Ā andreceivingĀ aĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ childĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ viaĀ theĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 11,Ā furtherĀ comprising:communicatingĀ aĀ referenceĀ signalĀ orĀ aĀ synchronizationĀ signalĀ withĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā whereinĀ theĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ nodeĀ isĀ identifiedĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ communicating.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 11,Ā furtherĀ comprising:identifyingĀ aĀ self-interferenceĀ levelĀ betweenĀ eachĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ inĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node;Ā anddetermining,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā theĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ identifiedĀ self-interferenceĀ levels.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 11,Ā whereinĀ transmittingĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ furtherĀ comprises:transmitting,Ā forĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ node;Ā andtransmitting,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ node,Ā whereinĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ isĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 16,Ā furtherĀ comprising:transmittingĀ aĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ identifyingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 16,Ā whereinĀ transmittingĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ furtherĀ comprises:transmittingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ withinĀ aĀ firstĀ resourceĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode;Ā andtransmittingĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ withinĀ aĀ secondĀ resourceĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 16,Ā furtherĀ comprising:determining,Ā basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grant,Ā aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ transmissionsĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ node;Ā anddetermining,Ā basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grant,Ā aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereof.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 11,Ā whereinĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ comprisesĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ withinĀ anĀ integratedĀ accessĀ andĀ backhaulĀ (IAB)Ā network.
- AĀ methodĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ atĀ aĀ parentĀ node,Ā comprising:receivingĀ aĀ reportĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ thatĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ setĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā theĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ determinedĀ forĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node;transmittingĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ report;Ā andtransmittingĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 21,Ā whereinĀ transmittingĀ theĀ grantĀ furtherĀ comprises:transmittingĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ aĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ byĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ whenĀ operatingĀ inĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 22,Ā furtherĀ comprising:transmittingĀ theĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocation.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 22,Ā furtherĀ comprising:selectingĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ forĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ report.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 21,Ā whereinĀ transmittingĀ theĀ grantĀ comprises:transmittingĀ theĀ grantĀ toĀ identify,Ā forĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ secondĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ transmissionsĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ node;Ā andtransmittingĀ theĀ grantĀ toĀ identify,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereof.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 21,Ā whereinĀ theĀ childĀ nodeĀ comprisesĀ aĀ userĀ equipmentĀ (UE)Ā orĀ aĀ secondĀ relayĀ node.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 21,Ā whereinĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ comprisesĀ aĀ parentĀ relayĀ nodeĀ withinĀ anĀ integratedĀ accessĀ andĀ backhaulĀ (IAB)Ā network.
- AĀ methodĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ atĀ aĀ parentĀ node,Ā comprising:receivingĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ transmittedĀ usingĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions;transmittingĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal;Ā andmonitoringĀ forĀ anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 28,Ā whereinĀ transmittingĀ theĀ grantĀ comprises:transmittingĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ aĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ byĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ whenĀ operatingĀ inĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 29,Ā furtherĀ comprising:receivingĀ theĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocation.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 29,Ā furtherĀ comprising:selectingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ forĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 28,Ā whereinĀ receivingĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ comprises:receiving,Ā forĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ node;Ā andreceiving,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā whereinĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ isĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 32,Ā furtherĀ comprising:receivingĀ aĀ signalĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ identifyingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 32,Ā furtherĀ comprising:receivingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ viaĀ aĀ firstĀ resourceĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode;Ā andreceivingĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ viaĀ aĀ secondĀ resourceĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
- TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 28,Ā whereinĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ comprisesĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ withinĀ anĀ integratedĀ accessĀ andĀ backhaulĀ (IAB)Ā network.
- AnĀ apparatusĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ atĀ aĀ relayĀ node,Ā comprising:aĀ processor,memoryĀ coupledĀ withĀ theĀ processor;Ā andinstructionsĀ storedĀ inĀ theĀ memoryĀ andĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node;transmitĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ anĀ indicationĀ thatĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses;receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directions;Ā andmonitorĀ forĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 36,Ā furtherĀ comprisingĀ aĀ receiver,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ toĀ receiveĀ theĀ grantĀ furtherĀ areĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:receive,Ā viaĀ theĀ receiver,Ā theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ aĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ byĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ whenĀ operatingĀ inĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 37,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ areĀ furtherĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:receiveĀ theĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocation;Ā andtransmitĀ aĀ secondĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ childĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ viaĀ theĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 36,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ areĀ furtherĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:communicateĀ aĀ referenceĀ signalĀ orĀ aĀ synchronizationĀ signalĀ withĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā whereinĀ theĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ nodeĀ isĀ identifiedĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ communicating.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 36,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ areĀ furtherĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:identifyĀ aĀ self-interferenceĀ levelĀ betweenĀ eachĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ inĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node;Ā anddetermine,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā theĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ identifiedĀ self-interferenceĀ levels.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 36,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ toĀ determineĀ theĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ furtherĀ areĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:determine,Ā forĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ firstĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node;Ā anddetermine,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ secondĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā whereinĀ theĀ reportĀ indicatingĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ isĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ firstĀ andĀ secondĀ channelĀ statuses.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 41,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ toĀ determineĀ theĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ areĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:determineĀ aĀ beamformingĀ channelĀ gainĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā whereinĀ theĀ firstĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ isĀ determinedĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ beamformingĀ channelĀ gainĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node;Ā anddetermineĀ aĀ ratioĀ ofĀ beamformingĀ channelĀ gainĀ overĀ self-interferenceĀ levelĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ identifiedĀ self-interferenceĀ levelsĀ andĀ theĀ determinedĀ beamformingĀ channelĀ gains,Ā whereinĀ theĀ secondĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ isĀ determinedĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ ratio.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 41,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ areĀ furtherĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:determine,Ā basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grant,Ā aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ transmissionsĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ node;Ā anddetermine,Ā basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grant,Ā aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereof.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 36,Ā whereinĀ theĀ childĀ nodeĀ isĀ aĀ userĀ equipmentĀ (UE)Ā orĀ aĀ secondĀ relayĀ node.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 36,Ā whereinĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ comprisesĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ withinĀ anĀ integratedĀ accessĀ andĀ backhaulĀ (IAB)Ā network.
- AnĀ apparatusĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ atĀ aĀ relayĀ node,Ā comprising:aĀ processor,memoryĀ coupledĀ withĀ theĀ processor;Ā andinstructionsĀ storedĀ inĀ theĀ memoryĀ andĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node;transmitĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses;receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions;Ā andtransmit,Ā viaĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction,Ā anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grant.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 46,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ toĀ receiveĀ theĀ grantĀ areĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:receiveĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ aĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ byĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ whenĀ operatingĀ inĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 47,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ toĀ transmitĀ theĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ furtherĀ areĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:transmitĀ theĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocation,Ā theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprising.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 46,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ areĀ furtherĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:communicateĀ aĀ referenceĀ signalĀ orĀ aĀ synchronizationĀ signalĀ withĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā whereinĀ theĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ nodeĀ isĀ identifiedĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ communicating.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 46,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ areĀ furtherĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:identifyĀ aĀ self-interferenceĀ levelĀ betweenĀ eachĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ inĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node;Ā anddetermine,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā theĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ identifiedĀ self-interferenceĀ levels.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 46,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ toĀ transmitĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ furtherĀ areĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:transmit,Ā forĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ node;Ā andtransmit,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ node,Ā whereinĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ isĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 51,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ areĀ furtherĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:transmitĀ aĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ identifyingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 51,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ toĀ transmitĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ furtherĀ areĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:transmitĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ withinĀ aĀ firstĀ resourceĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode;Ā andtransmitĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ withinĀ aĀ secondĀ resourceĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 51,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ areĀ furtherĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:determine,Ā basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grant,Ā aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ transmissionsĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ node;Ā anddetermine,Ā basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grant,Ā aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereof.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 46,Ā whereinĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ comprisesĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ withinĀ anĀ integratedĀ accessĀ andĀ backhaulĀ (IAB)Ā network.
- AnĀ apparatusĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ atĀ aĀ parentĀ node,Ā comprising:aĀ processor,memoryĀ coupledĀ withĀ theĀ processor;Ā andinstructionsĀ storedĀ inĀ theĀ memoryĀ andĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:receiveĀ aĀ reportĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ thatĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ setĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā theĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ determinedĀ forĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node;transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ report;Ā andtransmitĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 56,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ toĀ transmitĀ theĀ grantĀ furtherĀ areĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:transmitĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ aĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ byĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ whenĀ operatingĀ inĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 57,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ areĀ furtherĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:transmitĀ theĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocation.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 57,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ areĀ furtherĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:selectĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ forĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ report.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 56,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ toĀ transmitĀ theĀ grantĀ areĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:transmitĀ theĀ grantĀ toĀ identify,Ā forĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ secondĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ transmissionsĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ node;Ā andtransmitĀ theĀ grantĀ toĀ identify,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā forĀ fullĀ duplexĀ communicationsĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ childĀ node,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereof.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 56,Ā whereinĀ theĀ childĀ nodeĀ comprisesĀ aĀ userĀ equipmentĀ (UE)Ā orĀ aĀ secondĀ relayĀ node.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 56,Ā whereinĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ comprisesĀ aĀ parentĀ relayĀ nodeĀ withinĀ anĀ integratedĀ accessĀ andĀ backhaulĀ (IAB)Ā network.
- AnĀ apparatusĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ atĀ aĀ parentĀ node,Ā comprising:aĀ processor,memoryĀ coupledĀ withĀ theĀ processor;Ā andinstructionsĀ storedĀ inĀ theĀ memoryĀ andĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:receiveĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ transmittedĀ usingĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions;transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal;Ā andmonitorĀ forĀ anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 63,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ toĀ transmitĀ theĀ grantĀ areĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:transmitĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ aĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ transmissionĀ andĀ receptionĀ byĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ whenĀ operatingĀ inĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 64,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ areĀ furtherĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:receiveĀ theĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ withinĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocation.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 64,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ areĀ furtherĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:selectĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ forĀ theĀ resourceĀ allocationĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 63,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ toĀ receiveĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ areĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:receive,Ā forĀ aĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ node;Ā andreceive,Ā forĀ aĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode,Ā aĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ node,Ā whereinĀ theĀ grantĀ indicatingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ isĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 67,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ areĀ furtherĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:receiveĀ aĀ signalĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ identifyingĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ forĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ modeĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ forĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 67,Ā whereinĀ theĀ instructionsĀ areĀ furtherĀ executableĀ byĀ theĀ processorĀ toĀ causeĀ theĀ apparatusĀ to:receiveĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ viaĀ aĀ firstĀ resourceĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ non-fullĀ duplexĀ mode;Ā andreceiveĀ theĀ secondĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ viaĀ aĀ secondĀ resourceĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ fullĀ duplexĀ mode.
- TheĀ apparatusĀ ofĀ claimĀ 63,Ā whereinĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ comprisesĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ withinĀ anĀ integratedĀ accessĀ andĀ backhaulĀ (IAB)Ā network.
- AnĀ apparatusĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ atĀ aĀ relayĀ node,Ā comprising:meansĀ forĀ determiningĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node;meansĀ forĀ transmittingĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ anĀ indicationĀ thatĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses;meansĀ forĀ receivingĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directions;Ā andmeansĀ forĀ monitoringĀ forĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
- AnĀ apparatusĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ atĀ aĀ relayĀ node,Ā comprising:meansĀ forĀ determiningĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node;meansĀ forĀ transmittingĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses;meansĀ forĀ receivingĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions;Ā andmeansĀ forĀ transmitting,Ā viaĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction,Ā anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grant.
- AnĀ apparatusĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ atĀ aĀ parentĀ node,Ā comprising:meansĀ forĀ receivingĀ aĀ reportĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ thatĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ setĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā theĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ determinedĀ forĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node;meansĀ forĀ transmittingĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ report;Ā andmeansĀ forĀ transmittingĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
- AnĀ apparatusĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ atĀ aĀ parentĀ node,Ā comprising:meansĀ forĀ receivingĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ transmittedĀ usingĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions;meansĀ forĀ transmittingĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal;Ā andmeansĀ forĀ monitoringĀ forĀ anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
- AĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ storingĀ codeĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ atĀ aĀ relayĀ node,Ā theĀ codeĀ comprisingĀ instructionsĀ executableĀ byĀ aĀ processorĀ to:determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node;transmitĀ aĀ reportĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ anĀ indicationĀ thatĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses;receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directions;Ā andmonitorĀ forĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
- AĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ storingĀ codeĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationĀ atĀ aĀ relayĀ node,Ā theĀ codeĀ comprisingĀ instructionsĀ executableĀ byĀ aĀ processorĀ to:determineĀ aĀ channelĀ statusĀ forĀ eachĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ aĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ anĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node;transmitĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ usingĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses;receiveĀ aĀ grantĀ fromĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions;Ā andtransmit,Ā viaĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction,Ā anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grant.
- AĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ storingĀ codeĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ atĀ aĀ parentĀ node,Ā theĀ codeĀ comprisingĀ instructionsĀ executableĀ byĀ aĀ processorĀ to:receiveĀ aĀ reportĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ andĀ aĀ respectiveĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ thatĀ correspondsĀ toĀ aĀ respectiveĀ channelĀ statusĀ inĀ theĀ setĀ theĀ channelĀ statuses,Ā theĀ setĀ ofĀ channelĀ statusesĀ determinedĀ forĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ betweenĀ theĀ parentĀ nodeĀ andĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ aĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ betweenĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ andĀ aĀ childĀ node;transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ report;Ā andtransmitĀ aĀ downlinkĀ transmissionĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ downlinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
- AĀ non-transitoryĀ computer-readableĀ mediumĀ storingĀ codeĀ forĀ wirelessĀ communicationsĀ atĀ aĀ parentĀ node,Ā theĀ codeĀ comprisingĀ instructionsĀ executableĀ byĀ aĀ processorĀ to:receiveĀ anĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signalĀ fromĀ aĀ relayĀ nodeĀ transmittedĀ usingĀ aĀ subsetĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directions;transmitĀ aĀ grantĀ toĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ indicatingĀ aĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionĀ fromĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ directionsĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ uplinkĀ referenceĀ signal;Ā andmonitorĀ forĀ anĀ uplinkĀ transmissionĀ fromĀ theĀ relayĀ nodeĀ basedĀ atĀ leastĀ inĀ partĀ onĀ theĀ grantĀ andĀ theĀ firstĀ uplinkĀ beamformingĀ direction.
Priority Applications (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2019/096481 WO2021007833A1 (en) | 2019-07-18 | 2019-07-18 | Beamforming determination for iab system with full duplex |
| US17/628,137 US12047789B2 (en) | 2019-07-18 | 2019-07-18 | Beamforming determination for IAB system with full duplex |
| EP19937450.5A EP4000331A4 (en) | 2019-07-18 | 2019-07-18 | BEAMFORMING DETERMINATION FOR IAB SYSTEM WITH FULL DUPLEX |
| CN201980100066.9A CN114342533B (en) | 2019-07-18 | 2019-07-18 | Methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media for wireless communications |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2019/096481 WO2021007833A1 (en) | 2019-07-18 | 2019-07-18 | Beamforming determination for iab system with full duplex |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2021007833A1 true WO2021007833A1 (en) | 2021-01-21 |
Family
ID=74210170
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2019/096481 Ceased WO2021007833A1 (en) | 2019-07-18 | 2019-07-18 | Beamforming determination for iab system with full duplex |
Country Status (4)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (1) | US12047789B2 (en) |
| EP (1) | EP4000331A4 (en) |
| CN (1) | CN114342533B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2021007833A1 (en) |
Cited By (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN114270910A (en) * | 2021-11-26 | 2022-04-01 | åäŗ¬å°ē±³ē§»åØč½Æä»¶ęéå ¬åø | Beam indication method and device of intelligent relay service link |
| WO2022238308A1 (en) * | 2021-05-11 | 2022-11-17 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Spatial domain simultaneous operation in soft resources in iab |
| US11570640B2 (en) * | 2020-01-30 | 2023-01-31 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Techniques for coordinating scheduling wireless communications using a repeater |
| WO2023160801A1 (en) * | 2022-02-24 | 2023-08-31 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Configuration of relay antenna beams for communication via network controlled repeaters and reconfigurable intelligent surfaces |
| EP4322660A4 (en) * | 2021-04-06 | 2024-09-11 | Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. | IAB INDICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS, DEVICE, AND SUPPORT |
Families Citing this family (10)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US12279131B2 (en) * | 2019-07-19 | 2025-04-15 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Methods and apparatus for transmitting synchronization signals |
| US12375979B2 (en) * | 2019-08-06 | 2025-07-29 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Implicit indication of centralized unit (CU) integrated access backhaul (IAB) capability |
| WO2021223195A1 (en) * | 2020-05-08 | 2021-11-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Radio resource configuration for self-interference measurement |
| US11943038B2 (en) * | 2020-06-19 | 2024-03-26 | Rutgers, The State University Of New Jersey | Relay beamforming with predictive relay selection for millimeter wave communications |
| WO2022059812A1 (en) * | 2020-09-16 | 2022-03-24 | ģģ§ģ ģ 주ģķģ¬ | Method for transmitting and receiving data in wireless communication system supporting full duplex communication, and apparatus therefor |
| US11910239B1 (en) * | 2020-12-18 | 2024-02-20 | Sprint Spectrum Lp | Assigning component carriers for relay nodes |
| JP7674192B2 (en) * | 2021-08-18 | 2025-05-09 | Kddię Ŗå¼ä¼ē¤¾ | Relay device, control method, and program for forming beams to relay communications between base station device and terminal device |
| CN115516895A (en) * | 2022-08-09 | 2022-12-23 | åäŗ¬å°ē±³ē§»åØč½Æä»¶ęéå ¬åø | Beam determination method, device, medium and product for backhaul link |
| CN118102274B (en) * | 2024-04-23 | 2024-08-06 | åå·äøå®ē§ęęéå ¬åø | Internet of things data transmission method of bond alloy wire equipment |
| TR2024009311A1 (en) * | 2024-07-18 | 2025-08-21 | Ulak Haberlesme Anonim Sirketi | METHODS TO REDUCE INTERFERENCE IN SUB-BAND FULL DUPLEX COMMUNICATIONS |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20160100347A1 (en) * | 2014-10-02 | 2016-04-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Relay link communication |
| CN109151888A (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2019-01-04 | åäøŗęęÆęéå ¬åø | It is a kind of to measure the method and apparatus reported |
| CN109565852A (en) * | 2016-08-04 | 2019-04-02 | é«éč”份ęéå ¬åø | Dynamic resource allocation in wireless network with wireless backhaul |
| US20190199422A1 (en) * | 2017-12-21 | 2019-06-27 | Asustek Computer Inc. | Method and apparatus for transmission and reception in backhaul link in a wireless communication system |
Family Cites Families (12)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US8537724B2 (en) | 2009-03-17 | 2013-09-17 | Motorola Mobility Llc | Relay operation in a wireless communication system |
| EP4333319A1 (en) * | 2009-07-08 | 2024-03-06 | Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute | Method for sending and receiving data on a cooperative communications system |
| US9184511B2 (en) | 2009-07-10 | 2015-11-10 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | System and method for downlink channel sounding in wireless communications systems |
| US8953476B2 (en) * | 2009-11-03 | 2015-02-10 | Nokia Siemens Networks Oy | Method and apparatuses for data transfer within a relay enhanced telecommunication network |
| KR101875611B1 (en) | 2010-11-22 | 2018-07-06 | ģģ§ģ ģ 주ģķģ¬ | Method and apparatus for transmitting ack/nack for downlink transmission in a wireless communication system |
| KR102270450B1 (en) | 2015-03-23 | 2021-06-29 | ģ¼ģ±ģ ģ주ģķģ¬ | Apparatus and method for performing communication in full duplex communication system supporting beam forming |
| WO2017138852A1 (en) * | 2016-02-12 | 2017-08-17 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | A wireless device, a network node and methods therein for determining the quality of uplink beamforming directions in a wireless communications network |
| WO2018082580A1 (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2018-05-11 | äøå “é讯č”份ęéå ¬åø | Interference processing method and device, apparatus and storage medium |
| CN107124245B (en) * | 2017-03-05 | 2019-03-05 | å京巄äøå¤§å¦ | Self-interference suppression method for full-duplex unidirectional relay based on joint transmit-receive beamforming |
| CN109495152A (en) * | 2017-09-13 | 2019-03-19 | ē“¢å°¼å ¬åø | Electronic equipment and communication means |
| US10986644B2 (en) * | 2017-10-12 | 2021-04-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Beam management schemes |
| US11528075B2 (en) | 2019-05-16 | 2022-12-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Joint beam management for backhaul links and access links |
-
2019
- 2019-07-18 EP EP19937450.5A patent/EP4000331A4/en active Pending
- 2019-07-18 CN CN201980100066.9A patent/CN114342533B/en active Active
- 2019-07-18 WO PCT/CN2019/096481 patent/WO2021007833A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2019-07-18 US US17/628,137 patent/US12047789B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20160100347A1 (en) * | 2014-10-02 | 2016-04-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Relay link communication |
| CN109565852A (en) * | 2016-08-04 | 2019-04-02 | é«éč”份ęéå ¬åø | Dynamic resource allocation in wireless network with wireless backhaul |
| CN109151888A (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2019-01-04 | åäøŗęęÆęéå ¬åø | It is a kind of to measure the method and apparatus reported |
| US20190199422A1 (en) * | 2017-12-21 | 2019-06-27 | Asustek Computer Inc. | Method and apparatus for transmission and reception in backhaul link in a wireless communication system |
Non-Patent Citations (4)
| Title |
|---|
| NOKIA ET AL.: "3GPP TSG RAN WG1 Meeting #95 R1-1812702", RESOURCE ALLOCATION/COORDINATION BETWEEN PARENT BH AND CHILD LINKS, 3 November 2018 (2018-11-03), XP051554661, DOI: 20200323144439A * |
| NOKIA ET AL.: "3GPP TSG RAN WG2 Meeting #104 R2-1817617", RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND COORDINATION FOR IAB, 1 November 2018 (2018-11-01), XP051481516, DOI: 20200323144221A * |
| QUALCOMM INCORPORATED: "3GPP TSG-RAN WG4 #90bis R4-1904322", OVERVIEW OF IAB CO-EXISTENCE STUDY FOR DEFINITION OF RF REQUIREMENTS: SIMULATION METHODOLOGY AND ASSUMPTIONS, 1 April 2019 (2019-04-01), XP051704323, DOI: 20200323144318A * |
| See also references of EP4000331A1 * |
Cited By (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US11570640B2 (en) * | 2020-01-30 | 2023-01-31 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Techniques for coordinating scheduling wireless communications using a repeater |
| EP4322660A4 (en) * | 2021-04-06 | 2024-09-11 | Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. | IAB INDICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS, DEVICE, AND SUPPORT |
| WO2022238308A1 (en) * | 2021-05-11 | 2022-11-17 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Spatial domain simultaneous operation in soft resources in iab |
| US20240243797A1 (en) * | 2021-05-11 | 2024-07-18 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Spatial domain simultaneous operation in soft resources in iab |
| CN114270910A (en) * | 2021-11-26 | 2022-04-01 | åäŗ¬å°ē±³ē§»åØč½Æä»¶ęéå ¬åø | Beam indication method and device of intelligent relay service link |
| WO2023092468A1 (en) * | 2021-11-26 | 2023-06-01 | åäŗ¬å°ē±³ē§»åØč½Æä»¶ęéå ¬åø | Beam indication method for service link of smart repeater, and apparatus therefor |
| WO2023160801A1 (en) * | 2022-02-24 | 2023-08-31 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Configuration of relay antenna beams for communication via network controlled repeaters and reconfigurable intelligent surfaces |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| US20220264321A1 (en) | 2022-08-18 |
| CN114342533B (en) | 2025-08-08 |
| US12047789B2 (en) | 2024-07-23 |
| EP4000331A4 (en) | 2023-03-29 |
| CN114342533A (en) | 2022-04-12 |
| EP4000331A1 (en) | 2022-05-25 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US11804989B2 (en) | Reference signal transmission window and timing considerations | |
| US20230262713A1 (en) | Pucch carrying harq-a for multi-trp with non-ideal backhaul | |
| US11696240B2 (en) | Power control in full duplex communication | |
| US12047789B2 (en) | Beamforming determination for IAB system with full duplex | |
| US11483180B2 (en) | Configuration of sounding reference signal resource for multi-panel uplink transmission | |
| US11349543B2 (en) | Beam switch count in beamformed wireless communications | |
| US10826568B1 (en) | Simultaneous multiple default beams | |
| US11258575B2 (en) | Duplexing modes based on beam configurations for wireless communications | |
| US10959105B2 (en) | Methods, apparatuses and systems for configuring bandwidth parts in shared spectrum | |
| US11943795B2 (en) | Common default beam per component carrier group | |
| US20220060265A1 (en) | Sounding reference signal transmission for ue-to-ue cross-link interference measurement | |
| CN111937322B (en) | Physical uplink control channel reliability enhancement | |
| US20220264348A1 (en) | Reporting configurations for channel and interference measurement | |
| US11470496B2 (en) | Time domain behavior and QCL relation for SINR measurement | |
| US11528703B2 (en) | Mixed capability signaling for supporting out of order operations | |
| US11463228B2 (en) | Duplexing modes based on power configurations for transmissions | |
| US11172457B2 (en) | Transmission configuration indication state ordering for an initial control resource set | |
| US11228931B2 (en) | On-demand physical layer reporting by a UE | |
| US11456836B2 (en) | Implicit signaling of large-scale channel properties across multiple tracking reference signal transmissions | |
| US11171750B2 (en) | Per beam waveform selection | |
| US11019632B2 (en) | Beam update techniques in beamformed wireless communications |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 19937450 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2019937450 Country of ref document: EP Effective date: 20220218 |
|
| WWG | Wipo information: grant in national office |
Ref document number: 201980100066.9 Country of ref document: CN |